Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

or

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from          to

 

Commission file number 1-10879

 

PICTURE 1

 

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delaware

(State of Incorporation)

 

22-2785165

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

358 Hall Avenue, Wallingford, Connecticut 06492

203-265-8900

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange

(Title of each class)

 

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☒  No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ☐  No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☒  No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ☒  No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer ☒

 

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☐

 

Smaller reporting company ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes ☐ No ☒

 

The aggregate market value of Amphenol Corporation Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value, held by non-affiliates was approximately $15,415 million based on the reported last sale price of such stock on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2016.

 

As of January 31, 2017, the total number of shares outstanding of Registrant’s Class A Common Stock was 307,664,328.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement, which is expected to be filed within 120 days following the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEX

 

 

    

Page

 

 

 

 

 

PART I  

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Business

 

 

 

General

 

 

 

Our Strategy

 

 

 

Markets

 

 

 

Customers and Geographies

 

 

 

Manufacturing

 

 

 

Research and Development

 

 

 

Intellectual Property

 

 

 

Raw Materials

 

 

 

Competition

 

 

 

Backlog

 

 

 

Employees

 

10 

 

 

Environmental Matters

 

10 

 

 

Available Information

 

10 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 

10 

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

14 

 

Item 2.

Properties

 

15 

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

 

15 

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

15 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II  

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

16 

 

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

 

18 

 

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

19 

 

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

34 

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

35 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

35 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

36 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

37 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

38 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

 

39 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow

 

40 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

41 

 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

67 

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

 

67 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

 

67 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III  

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

68 

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

 

68 

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

68 

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

68 

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

68 

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV  

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

69 

 

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

 

69 

 

 

Signature of the Registrant

 

71 

 

 

Signatures of the Directors

 

71 

 

1

 


 

Table of Contents

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements made by the Company (as defined below) that are intended to be “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  All statements, other than statements of historical facts, that address activities, events or developments that the Company expects or anticipates will or may occur in the future, are forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements may be identified through the use of terms such as “expect”, “may”, “will”, “should”, “intend”, “plan”, “guidance” and other similar expressions generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s current beliefs, expectations and assumptions and on information currently available to our management.  Such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Significant risk factors or uncertainties that might cause or contribute to a material difference and may affect our operating and financial performance are described below under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, and other Company filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission including Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K.  There may be other risks and uncertainties that we are unable to predict at this time or that we currently do not expect to cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make and affect our operating and financial performance.  Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speak only as of the date hereof and the Company does not undertake any obligations to revise or update these statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

General

 

Amphenol Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, “Amphenol”, the “Company”, “we”, “our”, or “us”) is one of the world’s largest designers, manufacturers and marketers of electrical, electronic and fiber optic connectors, interconnect systems, antennas, sensors and sensor-based products and coaxial and high-speed specialty cable. The Company estimates, based on reports of industry analysts, that worldwide sales of interconnect and sensor-related products were approximately $140 billion in 2016. 

 

Certain predecessor businesses of the Company were founded in 1932 and the Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1987.  The Company’s Class A Common Stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange in 1991.

 

The Company’s strategy is to provide our customers with comprehensive design capabilities, a broad selection of products and a high level of service on a worldwide basis while maintaining continuing programs of productivity improvement and cost control. The Company operates through two reporting segments: (i) Interconnect Products and Assemblies and (ii) Cable Products and Solutions.  The Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment primarily designs, manufactures and markets a broad range of connector and connector systems, value-add products and other products, including antennas and sensors, used in a broad range of applications in a diverse set of end markets.  Interconnect products include connectors, which when attached to an electrical, electronic or fiber optic cable, a printed circuit board or other device, facilitate transmission of power or signals.  Value-add systems generally consist of a system of cable, flexible circuits or printed circuit boards and connectors for linking electronic equipment.  The Cable Products and Solutions segment primarily designs, manufactures and markets cable, value-add products and components for use primarily in the broadband communications and information technology markets as well as certain applications in other markets.

 

2


 

Table of Contents

The table below provides a summary of our reporting segments, the 2016 net sales contribution of each segment, the primary industry and end markets that we service and our key products:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reporting Segment

    

Interconnect Products and Assemblies

    

Cable Products and Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

% of 2016 Net Sales:

 

94%

 

6%

 

 

 

 

 

Primary End Markets

 

    Automotive

    Broadband Communications

    Commercial Aerospace

    Industrial

    Information Technology and Data Communications

    Military

    Mobile Devices

    Mobile Networks

 

    Automotive

    Broadband Communications

    Industrial

    Information Technology and Data Communications

    Mobile Networks

 

 

 

 

 

Key Products

 

Connector and Connector Systems:

    fiber optic interconnect products

    harsh environment interconnect products

    high-speed interconnect products

    power interconnect products, busbars and distribution systems

    radio frequency interconnect products and antennas

    other connectors

 

Value-Add Products:

    backplane interconnect systems

    cable assemblies and harnesses

    cable management products

 

Other:

    antennas

    flexible and rigid printed circuit boards

    hinges

    molded parts

    production-related products

    sensors and sensor-based products

    switches

 

Cable:

    coaxial cable

    power cable

    specialty cable

 

Value-Add Products:

    cable assemblies

 

Components:

    combiner/splitter products

    connector and connector systems

    fiber optic components

 

Information regarding the Company’s operations and assets by reporting segment, as well as the Company’s net sales and long-lived assets by geographic area, appears in Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

3


 

Table of Contents

Our Strategy

 

The Company’s overall strategy is to provide its customers with comprehensive design capabilities, a broad selection of products and a high level of service on a worldwide basis while maintaining continuing programs of productivity improvement and cost control.  Specifically, our business strategy is as follows:

 

·

Pursue broad diversification - The Company constantly drives to increase its diversity of markets, customers, applications and products.  Due to the tremendous variety of opportunities in the electronics industry, management believes that it is important to ensure participation wherever significant growth opportunities are available.  This diversification positions us to proliferate our technologies across the broadest array of opportunities and reduces our exposure to any particular market, thereby reducing the variability of our financial performance.  An overview of the Company’s market and product participation is described under “Markets”.

 

·

Develop performance-enhancing interconnect solutions - The Company seeks to expand the scope and number of its preferred supplier relationships.  The Company works closely with its customers at the design stage to create and manufacture innovative solutions.  These products generally have higher value-added content than other interconnect products and have been developed across the Company’s markets.  The Company is focused on technology leadership in the interconnect areas of radio frequency, power, harsh environment, high-speed and fiber optics, as well as sensors, as it views these technology areas to be of particular importance to our global customer base.

 

·

Expand global presence - The Company intends to further expand its global manufacturing, engineering, sales and service operations to better serve its existing customer base, penetrate developing markets and establish new customer relationships.  As the Company’s global customers expand their international operations to access developing world markets and lower manufacturing costs in certain regions, the Company is continuing to expand its international footprint in order to provide just-in-time capabilities to these customers.  The majority of the Company’s international operations have broad capabilities including new product development.  The Company is also able to take advantage of the lower manufacturing costs in some regions, and has established low-cost manufacturing and assembly facilities in the Americas, Europe/Africa and Asia.

 

·

Control costs - The Company recognizes the importance in today’s global marketplace of maintaining a competitive cost structure.  Innovation, product quality and comprehensive customer service are not mutually exclusive with controlling costs.  Controlling costs is part of a mindset.  It is having the discipline to invest in programs that have a good return, maintaining a cost structure as flexible as possible to respond to changes in the marketplace, dealing with suppliers and vendors in a fair but prudent way to ensure a reasonable cost for materials and services and creating a mindset where managers manage the Company’s assets as if they were their own.

 

·

Pursue strategic acquisitions and investments - The Company believes that the interconnect and sensor industry is highly fragmented and continues to provide significant opportunities for strategic acquisitions.  Accordingly, we continue to pursue acquisitions of high-growth potential companies with strong management teams that complement our existing business while further expanding our product lines, technological capabilities and geographic presence.  Furthermore, we seek to enhance the performance of acquired companies by leveraging Amphenol’s business strategy and access to low-cost manufacturing around the world.  In 2016, the Company invested approximately $1.3 billion to fund five acquisitions.  The acquisition in 2016 of FCI Asia Pte Ltd (“FCI”), the largest acquisition in our history (“FCI acquisition”), for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1.2 billion, net of cash acquired, further strengthened our customer base and product offerings in the information technology and data communications, industrial, mobile networks, automotive and mobile devices markets.  The other 2016 acquisitions also strengthened our customer base and product offerings in those markets, as well as the broadband market. 

 

·

Foster collaborative, entrepreneurial management - Amphenol’s management system is designed to provide clear income statement and balance sheet responsibility in a flat organizational structure.  Each general manager is incented to grow and develop his or her business and to think entrepreneurially in providing innovative, timely and cost-effective solutions to customer needs.  In addition, Amphenol’s general managers have access

4


 

Table of Contents

to the resources of the larger organization and are encouraged to work collaboratively with other general managers to meet the needs of the expanding marketplace and to achieve common goals.

 

Markets

 

The Company sells products to customers in a diversified set of end markets.

 

Automotive - Amphenol is a leading supplier of advanced interconnect systems, sensors and antennas for a growing array of automotive applications.  In addition, Amphenol has developed advanced technology solutions for hybrid-electric vehicles and is working with leading global customers to proliferate these advanced interconnect products into next-generation automobiles.  Sales into the automotive market represented approximately 18% of the Company’s net sales in 2016 with sales into the following primary end applications:

 

·

engine management and control

·

exhaust monitoring and cleaning

·

hybrid-electric vehicles

·

infotainment and communications

·

lighting

·

safety and security systems

·

telematics systems

 

Broadband Communications - Amphenol is a world leader in broadband communication products for cable, satellite and telco video and data networks, with industry-leading engineering, design and manufacturing expertise. The Company offers a wide range of products to service the broadband market, from customer premises cables and interconnect devices to distribution cable and fiber optic components, as well as interconnect products integrated into headend equipment.  Sales into the broadband communications market represented approximately 6% of the Company’s net sales in 2016 with sales into the following primary end applications:

 

·

cable modems

·

cable, satellite and telco networks

·

high-speed internet hardware

·

network switching equipment

·

satellite interface devices

·

set top boxes

 

Commercial Aerospace - Amphenol is a leading provider of high-performance interconnect systems and components to the commercial aerospace market.  In addition to connector and interconnect assembly products, the Company also provides rigid and flexible printed circuits as well as high-technology cable management products.  All of Amphenol’s products are specifically designed to operate in the harsh environments of commercial aerospace while also providing substantial weight reduction, simplified installation and minimal maintenance.  Sales into the commercial aerospace market represented approximately 5% of the Company’s net sales in 2016 with sales into the following primary end applications:

 

·

aircraft and airframe power distribution

·

avionics

·

controls and instrumentation

·

engines

·

in-flight entertainment

·

lighting and control systems

·

wire bundling and cable management

 

Industrial - Amphenol is a technology leader in the design, manufacture and supply of high-performance interconnect systems, sensors and antennas for a broad range of industrial applications.  Amphenol’s core competencies include application-specific industrial interconnect solutions utilizing integrated assemblies, including with both cable and flexible printed circuits, as well as high-power interconnects requiring advanced engineering and system integration.  In particular, our innovative solutions facilitate the increasing demands of embedded computing and power distribution.

5


 

Table of Contents

Sales into the industrial market represented approximately 18% of the Company’s net sales in 2016 with sales into the following primary end applications:

 

·

alternative and traditional energy generation

·

batteries and hybrid drive systems

·

factory and machine tool automation

·

geophysical

·

heavy equipment

·

instrumentation

·

internet of things

·

LED lighting

·

marine

·

medical equipment

·

power distribution

·

rail mass transit

 

Information Technology and Data Communications - Amphenol is a global provider of interconnect solutions to designers and manufacturers of internet-enabling systems.  With our industry-leading high-speed, power and fiber optic technologies, together with superior simulation and testing capability and cost effectiveness, Amphenol is a market leader in interconnect development for the information technology (“IT”) and datacom market. Whether industry standard or application-specific designs are required, Amphenol provides customers with products that enable performance at the leading edge of next-generation, high-speed, power and fiber optics technology.  Sales into the IT and datacom market represented approximately 21% of the Company’s net sales in 2016 with sales into the following primary end applications:

 

·

cloud computing and data centers

·

internet appliances

·

optical and copper networking equipment

·

servers

·

storage systems

·

transmission

 

Military - Amphenol is a world leader in the design, manufacture and supply of high-performance interconnect systems and antennas for harsh environment military applications. Such products require superior performance and reliability under conditions of stress and in hostile environments such as vibration, pressure, humidity, nuclear radiation and rapid and severe temperature changes.  Amphenol provides an unparalleled product breadth, from military specification connectors to customized high-speed board level interconnects; from flexible to rigid printed circuit boards; and from backplane systems to completely integrated assemblies.  Amphenol is a technology leader, participating in major programs from the earliest inception across each phase of the production cycle.  Sales into the military market represented approximately 9% of the Company’s net sales in 2016 with sales into the following primary end applications:

 

·

avionics

·

communications

·

engines

·

ground vehicles and tanks

·

homeland security

·

naval

·

ordnance and missile systems

·

radar systems

·

rotorcraft

·

satellite and space programs

·

unmanned aerial vehicles

 

Mobile Devices - Amphenol designs and manufactures an extensive range of interconnect products, antennas and electromechanical components found in a wide array of mobile computing devices.  Amphenol’s capability for

6


 

Table of Contents

high-volume production of these technically demanding, miniaturized products, combined with our speed of new product introduction, are critical drivers of the Company’s long-term success in this market.  Sales into the mobile devices market represented approximately 14% of the Company’s net sales in 2016 with sales into the following primary end applications:

 

·

mobile and smart phones, including accessories

·

mobile computing devices, including laptops, tablets, ultrabooks and e-readers

·

production-related products

·

wearable devices

 

Mobile Networks - Amphenol is a leading global interconnect solutions provider to the mobile networks market.  The Company offers a wide product portfolio.  The Company’s products are used in virtually every wireless communications standard, including 3G, 3.5G, 4G, LTE, TD-LTE, 5G and other future IP-based solutions.  In addition, the Company works with service providers around the world to offer an array of antennas and installation-related site solution interconnect products.  Sales into the mobile networks market represented approximately 9% of the Company’s net sales in 2016 with sales into the following primary end applications:

 

·

cell site antenna systems

·

cellular base stations

·

combiners, filters and amplifiers

·

core network controllers

·

mobile switches

·

radio links

·

wireless routers

 

Customers and Geographies

 

The Company manufactures and sells a broad portfolio of products on a global basis to customers in various industries. Our customers include many of the leaders in their respective industries, and our relationships with them typically date back many years. We believe that our diversified customer base provides us an opportunity to leverage our skills and experience across markets and reduces our exposure to particular end markets.  Additionally, we believe that the diversity of our customer base is an important strength of the Company.

 

There has been a trend on the part of original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) customers to consolidate their lists of qualified suppliers to companies that have the ability to meet certain quality, delivery and other standards while maintaining competitive prices.  The Company has positioned its global resources to compete effectively in this environment.  As an industry leader, the Company has established close working relationships with many of its customers on a global basis. These relationships allow the Company to better anticipate and respond to these customer needs when designing new products and new technical solutions. By working with customers in developing new products and technologies, the Company is able to identify and act on trends and leverage knowledge about next-generation technology across our portfolio of products.  In addition, the Company has concentrated its efforts on service, procurement and manufacturing improvements designed to increase product quality and lower product lead-time and cost.  For a discussion of certain risks related to the Company’s sales to OEMs, refer to the risk factor titled “The Company is dependent on the communications industry, including information technology and data communications, wireless communications and broadband communications” in Part I, Item 1A herein.

 

The Company’s products are sold to thousands of OEMs in approximately 70 countries throughout the world. The Company also sells certain products to electronic manufacturing services (“EMS”) companies, to original design manufacturers (“ODMs”) and to communication network operators.  No single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net sales for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014.  During the year ended December 31, 2015, aggregate sales to Apple Inc., including sales of products to EMS companies and subcontractors that the Company believes are manufacturing products on their behalf, accounted for approximately 11% of our net sales. 

 

The Company sells its products through its own global sales force, independent representatives and a global network of electronics distributors. The Company’s sales to distributors represented approximately 14% of the Company’s net sales in 2016.  In addition to product design teams and customer collaboration arrangements, the Company uses key

7


 

Table of Contents

account managers to manage customer relationships on a global basis such that it can bring to bear its total resources to meet the worldwide needs of its multinational customers.

 

Manufacturing

 

The Company is a global manufacturer employing advanced manufacturing processes including molding, stamping, plating, turning, extruding, die casting and assembly operations and proprietary process technology for specialty and coaxial cable production and sensor fabrication. Outsourcing of certain manufacturing processes is used when cost-effective. Substantially all of the Company’s manufacturing facilities are certified to the ISO9000 series of quality standards, and many of the Company’s manufacturing facilities are certified to other quality standards, including QS9000, ISO14000, TS16949 and TS16469.

 

The Company’s manufacturing facilities are generally vertically integrated operations from the initial design stage through final design and manufacturing.  The Company has an established manufacturing presence in approximately 30 countries.  Our global coverage positions us near many of our customers’ locations and allows us to assist them in consolidating their supply base and lowering their production and logistics costs. In addition, the Company generally relies on local general management in every region, which we believe creates a strong degree of organizational stability and deeper understanding of local markets. We believe our balanced geographic distribution lowers our exposure to any particular geography.  The Company designs, manufactures and assembles its products at facilities in the Americas, Europe, Asia, Australia and Africa.  The Company believes that its global presence is an important competitive advantage, as it allows the Company to provide quality products on a timely and worldwide basis to its multinational customers.

 

The Company employs a global manufacturing strategy to lower its production and logistics costs and to improve service to customers. The Company’s strategy is to maintain strong cost controls in its manufacturing and assembly operations. The Company is continually evaluating and adjusting its expense levels and workforce to reflect current business conditions and maximize the return on capital investments.  The Company sources its products on a worldwide basis.  To better serve certain high-volume customers, the Company has established just-in-time facilities near these major customers.  The Company’s international manufacturing and assembly facilities generally serve the respective local markets and coordinate product design and manufacturing responsibility with the Company’s other operations around the world.  For a discussion of certain risks attendant to the Company’s foreign operations, refer to the risk factor titled “The Company is subject to the risks of political, economic and military instability in countries outside the United States” in Part I, Item 1A herein.

 

Net sales by geographic area as a percentage of the Company’s total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

 

2015

    

2014

United States

 

28%

 

30%

 

31%

China

 

30%

 

30%

 

27%

Other international locations

 

42%

 

40%

 

42%

Total

 

100%

 

100%

 

100%

 

Net sales by geographic area are based on the customer location to which the product is shipped.   For additional information regarding net sales by geographic area, refer to Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Research and Development

 

The Company generally implements its product development strategy through product design teams and collaboration arrangements with customers, which often results in the Company obtaining approved vendor status for its customers’ new products and programs.  The Company focuses its research and development efforts primarily on those product areas that it believes have the potential for broad market applications and significant sales within a one- to three-year period.  The Company seeks to have its products become widely accepted within the industry for similar applications and products manufactured by other potential customers, which the Company believes will provide additional sources of future revenue.  By developing application specific products, the Company has decreased its exposure to standard products, which generally experience greater pricing pressure.

8


 

Table of Contents

 

At the end of 2016, our research, development, and engineering efforts were supported by approximately 2,400 employees and were performed primarily by individual operating units focused on specific markets and technologies.  The Company’s research and development expenses for the creation of new and improved products and processes were $166.1 million, $124.7 million and $114.8 million for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which are classified as selling, general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Patents and other proprietary rights are important to our business. We also rely upon trade secrets, manufacturing know-how, continuing technological innovations, and licensing opportunities to maintain and improve our competitive position. We review third-party proprietary rights, including patents and patent applications, as available, in an effort to develop an effective intellectual property strategy, avoid infringement of third-party proprietary rights, identify licensing opportunities, and monitor the intellectual property claims of others.

 

We own a large portfolio of patents that principally relate to electrical, optical, electronic, antenna and sensor products. We also own a portfolio of trademarks and are a licensee of various patents and trademarks. Patents for individual products extend for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. Trademark rights may potentially extend for longer periods of time and are dependent upon the laws of various jurisdictions and the use of the trademarks.

 

While we consider our patents and trademarks to be valued assets, we do not believe that our competitive position or our operations are dependent upon or would be materially impacted by the loss of any single patent or group of related patents.

 

Raw Materials

 

The Company purchases a wide variety of raw materials for the manufacture of its products, including (i) precious metals such as gold and silver used in plating, (ii) aluminum, steel, copper, titanium and metal alloy products used for cable, contacts and connector shells, (iii) certain rare earth metals used in sensors and (iv) plastic materials used for cable and connector bodies and inserts and other molded parts. Such raw materials are generally available throughout the world and are purchased locally from a variety of suppliers. The Company is generally not dependent upon any one source for raw materials or, if one source is used, the Company attempts to protect itself through long-term supply agreements.  The Company does not anticipate any difficulties in obtaining raw materials necessary for production.  Information regarding our purchasing obligations related to commitments to purchase certain goods and services is disclosed in Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  For a discussion of certain risks related to raw materials, refer to the risk factor titled “The Company may experience difficulties in obtaining a consistent supply of materials at stable pricing levels” in Part I, Item 1A herein.

 

Competition

 

The Company encounters competition in substantially all areas of its business. The Company competes primarily on the basis of technology innovation, product quality, price, customer service and delivery time.  Primary competitors within the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment include TE Connectivity, Molex, Yazaki, Foxconn, Sensata, JST, Delphi, Hirose and JAE, among others.  Primary competitors within the Cable Products and Solutions segment include Commscope and Belden, among others.  In addition, the Company competes with a large number of smaller companies who compete in specific geographies, markets or products.  For a discussion of certain risks related to competition, refer to the risk factor titled “The Company encounters competition in substantially all areas of its business” in Part I, Item 1A herein.

 

Backlog

 

The Company estimates that its backlog of unfilled firm orders as of December 31, 2016 was approximately $1.319 billion compared with backlog of approximately $1.121 billion as of December 31, 2015.  Orders typically fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on customer demand and general business conditions. Unfilled orders may generally be cancelled prior to shipment of goods. It is expected that all or a substantial portion of the backlog will be filled within the next 12 months. Significant elements of the Company’s business, such as sales to the communications-related markets

9


 

Table of Contents

(including wireless communications, information technology and data communications and broadband communications) and sales to distributors, generally have short lead times. Therefore, backlog may not be indicative of future demand.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had approximately 62,000 employees worldwide.  The Company believes that it has a good relationship with its unionized and non-unionized employees.  Refer to “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A. herein for a discussion of certain risks related to employee relations.

 

Environmental Matters

 

Certain operations of the Company are subject to environmental laws and regulations which govern the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, as well as the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. The Company believes that its operations are currently in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that the costs of continuing compliance will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Available Information

 

The Company’s annual report on Form 10-K and all of the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), such as quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, are available to view, free of charge, on the Company’s website, www.amphenol.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed electronically with, or furnished to, the SEC. Copies are also available without charge, from Amphenol Corporation, Investor Relations, 358 Hall Avenue, Wallingford, CT 06492.

 

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Investors should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information in this annual report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to the Company or that it currently deems immaterial may also impair the Company’s business, operations, liquidity and financial condition.

 

If actions taken by management to limit, monitor or control financial enterprise risk exposures are not successful, the Company’s business and consolidated financial statements could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of the Company’s common stock could decline and investors may lose all or part of their investment.

 

The Company is dependent on the communications industry, including information technology and data communications, wireless communications and broadband communications.

 

Approximately 50% of the Company’s 2016 net sales came from sales to the communications industry, including information technology and data communication, wireless communications and broadband communications, with 14% of the Company’s 2016 net sales coming from sales to the mobile device market. Demand for these products is subject to rapid technological change (see below—“The Company is dependent on the acceptance of new product introductions for continued revenue growth”). These markets are dominated by several large manufacturers and operators who regularly exert significant pressure on their suppliers, including the Company.  Furthermore, there has been a trend on the part of OEM customers to consolidate their lists of qualified suppliers to companies that have the ability to meet certain quality, delivery and other standards while maintaining competitive prices.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet these standards or maintain competitive pricing and therefore continue to compete successfully in the communications industry.  The Company’s failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Approximately 6% and 9% of the Company’s 2016 net sales came from sales to the broadband communications and mobile networks markets, respectively.  Demand for the Company’s products in these markets depends primarily on capital spending by operators for constructing, rebuilding or upgrading their systems. The amount of this capital spending and, therefore, the Company’s sales and profitability will be affected by a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, consolidation within the communications industry, the financial condition of operators and their

10


 

Table of Contents

access to financing, competition, technological developments, new legislation and regulation of operators. There can be no assurance that existing levels of capital spending will continue or that spending will not decrease.

 

Changes in defense expenditures may reduce the Company’s sales.

 

Approximately 9% of the Company’s 2016 net sales came from sales to the military market. The Company participates in a broad spectrum of defense programs. The substantial majority of these sales are related to both U.S. and foreign military and defense programs. The Company’s military sales are generally to contractors and subcontractors of the U.S. or foreign governments or to distributors that in turn sell to the contractors and subcontractors. Accordingly, the Company’s sales are affected by changes in the defense budgets of the U.S. and foreign governments. A significant decline in U.S. or foreign government defense expenditures could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company encounters competition in substantially all areas of its business.

 

The Company competes primarily on the basis of technology innovation, product quality, price, customer service and delivery time. Competitors include large, diversified companies, some of which have greater assets and financial resources than the Company, as well as medium to small companies. There can be no assurance that additional competitors will not enter the Company’s existing markets, nor can there be any assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully against existing or new competition, and the inability to do so could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company is dependent on the acceptance of new product introductions for continued revenue growth.

 

The Company estimates that products introduced in the last two years accounted for approximately 20% of 2016 net sales. The Company’s long-term results of operations depend substantially upon its ability to continue to conceive, design, source and market new products and upon continuing market acceptance of its existing and future product lines. In the ordinary course of business, the Company continually develops or creates new product line concepts. If the Company fails to or is significantly delayed in introducing new product line concepts or if the Company’s new products are not met with market acceptance, its business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

The Company’s credit agreements contain certain covenants, which if breached, could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

The Credit Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2016, among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company and a syndicate of financial institutions (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which also backstops the Company’s commercial paper program, contains financial and other covenants, such as a limit on the ratio of debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, a limit on priority indebtedness and limits on incurrence of liens. Although the Company believes none of these covenants is presently restrictive to the Company’s operations, the ability to meet the financial covenants can be affected by events beyond the Company’s control, and the Company cannot provide assurance that it will meet those tests. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under the Revolving Credit Facility. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under any of the Company’s credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare amounts outstanding thereunder to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If the lenders accelerate the repayment of borrowings, the Company may not have sufficient assets to repay the Revolving Credit Facility and other indebtedness.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company had outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the commercial paper program of nil and $1,018.9 million, respectively.

 

The Company relies on the capital markets, and its inability to access those markets on favorable terms could adversely affect the Company’s results.

 

The Company has used the capital markets to invest in its business and make strategic acquisitions.  If general economic and capital market conditions deteriorate significantly, it could impact the Company’s ability to access the capital markets.  While the Company has not recently encountered any financing difficulties, the capital and credit markets have experienced significant volatility in the past.  Market conditions could make it more difficult to access capital to finance capital investments, acquisitions and other initiatives including dividends and share repurchases.  As such, this could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or

11


 

Table of Contents

cash flows.  In addition, while the Company has not encountered any such issues to date, if the credit rating agencies that rate the Company’s debt were to downgrade the Company’s credit rating in conjunction with a deterioration of the Company’s performance, it would likely increase the Company’s cost of capital and make it more difficult for the Company to obtain new financing and access capital markets, which could also have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

The Company’s results may be negatively affected by changing interest rates .

 

The Company is subject to interest rate volatility with regard to existing and future issuances of debt. The Company monitors the mix of fixed-rate and variable-rate debt, as well as the mix of short-term and long-term debt. As of December 31, 2016, $1,024.4 million, or 34%, of the Company’s outstanding borrowings were subject to floating interest rates.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had the following unsecured Senior Notes outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

Fixed

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

Rate

 

Maturity

 

 

$

375.0

 

1.55

%  

September 2017

 

 

 

750.0

 

2.55

%  

January 2019

 

 

 

375.0

 

3.125

%  

September 2021

 

 

 

500.0

 

4.00

%  

February 2022

 

 

 

A 10% change in LIBOR or floating interest rates at December 31, 2016 would not have a material effect on the Company’s interest expense. The Company does not expect changes in interest rates to have a material effect on income or cash flows in 2017, although there can be no assurance that interest rates will not change significantly.

 

The Company’s results may be negatively affected by foreign currency exchange rates.

 

The Company conducts business in many international currencies through its worldwide operations, and as a result is subject to foreign exchange exposure due to changes in exchange rates of the various currencies including possible currency devaluations. Changes in exchange rates can positively or negatively affect the Company’s sales, gross margins and equity. The Company manages currency exposure risk in a number of ways, including producing its products in the same country or region in which the products are sold (thereby generating revenues and incurring expenses in the same currency), cost reduction and pricing actions, and working capital management.  However, there can be no assurance that these actions will be fully effective in managing currency risk, especially in the event of a significant and sudden decline in the value of any of the international currencies of the Company’s worldwide operations, which could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

12


 

Table of Contents

The Company is subject to the risks of political, economic and military instability in countries outside the United States.

 

Non-U.S. markets account for a substantial portion of the Company’s business.  During 2016, non-U.S. markets constituted approximately 72% of the Company’s net sales, with China constituting approximately 30% of the Company’s net sales. The Company employs approximately 90% of its workforce outside the United States. The Company’s customers are located throughout the world and the Company has many manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities outside the United States.  Because the Company has extensive non-U.S. operations as well as significant cash and cash investments held at institutions located outside of the U.S., it is exposed to risks that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows, including:

 

·

tariffs, trade barriers, trade disputes, trade sanctions, trade agreements or any other changes in trade policies or trade agreements;

·

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

·

longer payment cycles;

·

tax issues, such as tax law changes, audits and examinations by taxing authorities, variations in tax laws from country to country as compared to the U.S. and difficulties in repatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner;

·

credit risks and other challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

·

employment regulations and local labor conditions;

·

difficulties protecting intellectual property;

·

instability in economic or political conditions, including inflation, recession, foreign currency exchange restrictions and devaluations, and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts, particularly in emerging markets; and

·

the impact of each of the foregoing on outsourcing and procurement arrangements.

 

The Company may experience difficulties and unanticipated expense of assimilating newly acquired businesses, including the potential for the impairment of goodwill.

 

The Company has completed a number of acquisitions in recent years, including the acquisition of FCI on January 8, 2016.  The Company anticipates that it will continue to pursue acquisition opportunities as part of its growth strategy.  The Company may experience difficulty and unanticipated expenses associated with integrating such acquisitions, and the acquisitions may not perform as expected.  At December 31, 2016, the total assets of the Company were $8,498.7 million, which included $3,678.8 million of goodwill (the excess of fair value of consideration paid over the fair value of net identifiable assets of businesses acquired).  The Company performs annual evaluations for the potential impairment of the carrying value of goodwill.  Such evaluations have not resulted in the need to recognize an impairment. However, if the financial performance of the Company’s businesses were to decline significantly, the Company could incur a material non-cash charge to its income statement for the impairment of goodwill.

 

The Company may experience difficulties in obtaining a consistent supply of materials at stable pricing levels.

 

The Company uses basic materials like aluminum, steel, copper, titanium, metal alloys, gold, silver, certain rare earth metals and plastic resins, in its manufacturing processes. Volatility in the prices of such materials and availability of supply may have a substantial impact on the price the Company pays for such materials. In addition, to the extent such cost increases cannot be recovered through sales price increases or productivity improvements, the Company’s margins may decline.

 

Our business reputation and financial results may be impaired by improper conduct by any of our employees, customers, suppliers, distributors or any other business partners.

 

Several anti-bribery laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, generally prohibit companies from engaging in improper conduct for the purpose of obtaining, retaining or improving business.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, bribery, conflicts of interest, fraud, kickbacks and money laundering.  While the Company’s internal controls and systems are designed to protect it from illegal acts committed by employees, customers, suppliers, distributors and other business partners that may violate U.S. or local jurisdictional laws, there are no guarantees that such internal controls and systems will always protect the Company from such acts.  Such violations or allegations could damage the Company’s reputation, lead to criminal or civil investigations in the U.S. or foreign

13


 

Table of Contents

jurisdictions, and ultimately result in monetary or non-monetary penalties and/or significant legal and administrative fees.  Any significant violations of our standards of conduct by any of our employees, customers, suppliers, distributors or business partners could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

The Company may be subject to litigation and other regulatory or legal proceedings.

 

The Company may be subject to litigation and other regulatory or legal proceedings that could adversely impact our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, including but not limited to, claims related to employment, tax, intellectual property, environmental, sales practices, workers compensation, product warranty, product liability and acquisitions.  These lawsuits may include claims for compensatory, punitive or consequential damages, and could result in significant legal expenses.  While the Company does maintain insurance coverage to mitigate losses associated with some of these types of proceedings, the amount of insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover the total claims and liabilities.

 

Cybersecurity incidents on our information technology systems could disrupt business operations, resulting in adverse impacts to our reputation and operating results and potentially lead to litigation.

 

Global cybersecurity threats to the Company could lead to unauthorized access to the Company’s information technology systems, products, customers, suppliers and third party service providers.  Cybersecurity incidents could potentially result in the disruption of our business operations and the misappropriation, destruction, or corruption of critical data and confidential or proprietary technological information.  Cybersecurity incidents could also result from unauthorized parties gaining access to our systems or information through fraud or other means of deceiving our employees, suppliers or third party service providers.  Despite the Company’s implementation of preventative security measures to prevent, detect, address and mitigate these threats, our infrastructure may still be susceptible to disruptions from a cybersecurity incident, security breaches, computer viruses, outages, systems failures, natural disasters or catastrophic events, any of which could include reputational damage and litigation with third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

 

Changes in general economic conditions, geopolitical conditions, and other factors beyond the Company’s control may adversely impact our business and operating results.

 

The Company’s operations and performance depend significantly on global, regional and U.S. economic and geopolitical conditions.  The following factors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows:

 

·

a global economic slowdown in any of the Company’s market segments;

·

uncertainty about global, regional and U.S. economic or geopolitical conditions that result in postponement of spending, in response to tighter credit, financial market volatility and other factors;

·

the effects of significant changes in economic, monetary and fiscal policies in the U.S. and abroad including significant income tax changes, currency fluctuations and unforeseen inflationary pressures;

·

rapid material escalation of the cost of regulatory compliance and litigation;

·

changes in government policies and regulations affecting the Company or its significant customers;

·

intergovernmental conflicts or actions, including but not limited to armed conflict, trade wars and acts of terrorism or war;

·

interruptions to the Company’s business with its largest customers, distributors and suppliers resulting from but not limited to, strikes, financial instabilities, computer malfunctions, inventory excesses, natural disasters or other disasters such as fires, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes or explosions;

·

increases in employment costs, particularly in low-cost regions in which the Company currently operates; and

·

changes in assumptions, such as discount rates, along with lower than expected investment returns and performance related to the Company’s benefit plans.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

14


 

Table of Contents

Item 2. Properties

 

The Company’s fixed assets include plants and warehouses and a substantial quantity of machinery and equipment, most of which is general purpose machinery and equipment using tools and fixtures and in many instances having automatic control features and special adaptations. The Company’s plants, warehouses and machinery and equipment are generally in good operating condition, are reasonably maintained and substantially all of its facilities are in regular use. The Company considers the present level of fixed assets along with planned capital expenditures as suitable and adequate for operations in the current business environment. At December 31, 2016, the Company operated a total of approximately 390 plants, warehouses and offices of which (a) the locations in the U.S. had approximately 3.5 million square feet, of which approximately 1.7 million square feet were leased; (b) the locations outside the U.S. had approximately 15.0 million square feet, of which approximately 10.0 million square feet were leased; and (c) the square footage by segment was approximately 17.6 million square feet and approximately 0.9 million square feet for the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment and the Cable Products and Solutions segment, respectively.

 

The Company believes that its facilities are suitable and adequate for the business conducted therein and are being appropriately utilized for their intended purposes. Utilization of the facilities varies based on demand for the products. The Company continuously reviews its anticipated requirements for facilities and, based on that review, may from time to time acquire or lease additional facilities and/or dispose of existing facilities. 

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

The Company has been named as a defendant in several legal actions arising from normal business activities.  Although the potential liability with respect to such legal actions cannot be reasonably estimated, such matters are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  Refer to “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A herein for additional information regarding legal risks and uncertainties.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

15


 

Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

The Company effected the initial public offering of its Class A Common Stock (“Common Stock”) in November 1991. The Company’s Common Stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange since that time under the symbol “APH”.  The following table sets forth the high and low closing sales prices for the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for each quarter of 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

    

High

    

Low

    

High

    

Low

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

57.82

 

$

45.42

 

$

60.20

 

$

51.93

 

Second Quarter

 

 

60.11

 

 

55.08

 

 

59.54

 

 

55.37

 

Third Quarter

 

 

65.68

 

 

55.97

 

 

57.45

 

 

49.06

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

68.83

 

 

63.05

 

 

55.49

 

 

50.03

 

 

The following graph compares the cumulative total return of Amphenol over a period of five years ending December 31, 2016 with the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 (“S&P 500”) Stock Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Electrical Components & Equipment Index.  This graph assumes that $100 was invested in the Common Stock of Amphenol and each index on December 31, 2011, reflects reinvested dividends and is weighted on a market capitalization basis at the time of each reported data point.  The comparisons in the graph below are based upon historical data and are not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance.

 

CID:IMAGE005.PNG@01D288B7.5525F7B0

As of January 31, 2017, there were 37 holders of record of the Company’s Common Stock.  A significant number of outstanding shares of Common Stock are registered in the name of only one holder, which is a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, a securities depository for banks and brokerage firms. The Company believes that there are a significant number of beneficial owners of its Common Stock.

 

Contingent upon declaration by the Board of Directors, the Company generally pays a quarterly dividend on shares of its Common Stock.  In the third quarter of 2015, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the quarterly dividend rate from $0.125 to $0.14 per share effective with dividends declared in the third quarter of 2015, and in October 2016, approved a further increase in the quarterly dividend rate from $0.14 to $0.16 per share effective with dividends declared

16


 

Table of Contents

in the fourth quarter of 2016.  Total dividends declared during 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $178.8 million, $163.7 million and $140.6 million, respectively. Total dividends paid in 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $172.7 million, $159.3 million and $101.9 million, respectively, including those declared in the prior year and paid in the current year.  The Company intends to retain the remainder of its earnings not used for dividend payments to provide funds for the operation and expansion of the Company’s business (including acquisition-related activity), to repurchase shares of its Common Stock and to repay outstanding indebtedness.

 

The Company’s Revolving Credit Facility contains financial covenants and restrictions, some of which may limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends, and any future indebtedness that the Company may incur could limit its ability to pay dividends.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s equity compensation plan information as of December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

 

    

Number of securities to

    

Weighted average

    

Number of

 

 

 

be issued upon exercise

 

exercise price of

 

securities

 

 

 

of outstanding options,

 

outstanding options,

 

remaining available

 

Plan category

 

warrants and rights

 

warrants and rights

 

for future issuance

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

32,283,296

 

$

44.15

 

12,355,179

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

Total

 

32,283,296

 

$

44.15

 

12,355,179

 

 

Repurchase of Equity Securities

 

In January 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which the Company could repurchase up to 10 million shares of Common Stock during the two-year period ended January 20, 2017 (the “2015 Stock Repurchase Program”).  During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company repurchased 5.5 million shares of its common stock for approximately $325.8 million.  These treasury shares have been retired by the Company and common stock and retained earnings were reduced accordingly.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company had repurchased all of the shares authorized under the 2015 Stock Repurchase Program.  The table below reflects the Company’s stock repurchases for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

 

    

Total Number of

    

Maximum Number

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Shares Purchased as

 

of Shares that May

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

Part of Publicly

 

Yet Be Purchased

 

 

 

Shares

 

Average Price

 

Announced Plans or

 

Under the Plans or

 

Period

 

Purchased

 

Paid per Share

 

Programs

 

Programs

 

First Quarter - 2016

 

1,000,000

 

$

49.20

 

1,000,000

 

4,465,400

 

Second Quarter - 2016

 

1,000,000

 

 

59.18

 

1,000,000

 

3,465,400

 

Third Quarter - 2016

 

2,000,000

 

 

60.59

 

2,000,000

 

1,465,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter - 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 1 to October 31, 2016

 

248,500

 

 

65.52

 

248,500

 

1,216,900

 

November 1 to November 30, 2016

 

1,216,900

 

 

65.73

 

1,216,900

 

 —

 

December 1 to December 31, 2016

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 

1,465,400

 

 

65.69

 

1,465,400

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total - 2016

 

5,465,400

 

$

59.62

 

5,465,400

 

 —

 

 

 

On January 24, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program under which the Company may purchase up to $1.0 billion of the Company’s Common Stock during the two-year period ending January 24, 2019 in accordance with the requirements of Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act (the “2017 Stock Repurchase Program”).  As of February 10, 2017, the Company repurchased approximately 3.2 million shares of its common stock for $213.9 million under the 2017 Stock Repurchase Program.  The price and timing of any future purchases under the 2017 Stock Repurchase Program will depend on factors such as levels of cash generation from operations, the volume of stock option exercises by employees, cash requirements for acquisitions, dividends, economic and market conditions and stock price. 

 

17


 

Table of Contents

 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

 

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data that is derived from the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements and that should be read in conjunction with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes included herein.  The Company’s acquisitions during the five-year period below may affect the comparability of results.  Our consolidated financial information may not be indicative of our future performance. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars and shares 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

in millions, except per share data)

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

6,286.4

 

$

5,568.7

 

$

5,345.5

 

$

4,614.7

 

$

4,292.1

 

 

Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation

 

 

822.9

(1)

 

763.5

(2)

 

709.1

(3)

 

635.7

(4)

 

555.3

(5)

 

Net income per common share—Diluted

 

 

2.61

(1)

 

2.41

(2)

 

2.21

(3)

 

1.96

(4)

 

1.69

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Condition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

 

$

1,173.2

 

$

1,760.4

 

$

1,329.6

 

$

1,192.2

 

$

942.5

 

 

Working capital

 

 

1,956.0

 

 

2,841.6

 

 

2,406.6

 

 

1,510.6

 

 

1,782.0

 

 

Total assets

 

 

8,498.7

 

 

7,458.4

 

 

6,985.9

 

 

6,150.1

 

 

5,203.1

 

 

Long-term debt, including current portion

 

 

3,010.7

 

 

2,813.5

 

 

2,656.2

 

 

2,122.2

 

 

1,695.6

 

 

Shareholders’ equity attributable to Amphenol Corporation

 

 

3,674.9

 

 

3,238.5

 

 

2,907.4

 

 

2,859.5

 

 

2,430.0

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—Diluted

 

 

315.2

 

 

316.5

 

 

320.4

 

 

324.5

 

 

327.9

 

 

Cash dividends declared per share

 

$

0.58

 

$

0.53

 

$

0.45

 

$

0.305

 

$

0.21

 

 


(1)

Includes acquisition-related expenses of $36.6 ($33.1 after-tax) primarily relating to the FCI and other 2016 acquisitions, including external transaction costs, amortization related to the value associated with acquired backlog and restructuring charges.  These items had the aggregate effect of decreasing Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Net income per common share-Diluted by $33.1 and $0.11 per share, respectively.  Excluding the effect of these items, Adjusted Net Income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Adjusted Diluted EPS, both non-GAAP financial measures defined in Part II, Item 7 herein, were $856.0 and $2.72 per share, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016.  

 

(2)

Includes acquisition-related expenses of $5.7 ($5.7 after-tax) relating to acquisitions closed and announced in 2015.  These acquisition-related expenses had the effect of decreasing Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Net income per common share-Diluted by $5.7 and $0.02 per share, respectively.  Excluding the effect of this item, Adjusted Net Income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Adjusted Diluted EPS were $769.2 and $2.43 per share, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

(3)

Includes acquisition-related expenses of (a) $4.3 ($4.1 after-tax) relating to 2014 acquisitions and (b) $9.8 ($6.2 after-tax) relating to amortization of the acquired backlogs of completed acquisitions.   These items had the aggregate effect of decreasing Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Net income per common share-Diluted by $10.3 and $0.04 per share, respectively.  Excluding the effect of these items, Adjusted Net Income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Adjusted Diluted EPS were $719.4 and $2.25 per share, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

(4)

Includes (a) acquisition-related expenses of $6.0 ($4.6 after-tax) relating to 2013 acquisitions, (b) an income tax benefit of $3.6 due primarily to the favorable completion of prior year audits, and (c) an income tax benefit of $11.3 resulting from the delay, by the U.S. government, in the reinstatement of certain federal income tax provisions for the year 2012 relating primarily to research and development credits and certain U.S. taxes on foreign income.  Such tax provisions were reinstated on January 2, 2013 with retroactive effect to 2012.  Under U.S. GAAP, the benefit to the Company of $11.3, relating to the 2012 tax year was recorded as a benefit in the first quarter of 2013 at the date of reinstatement.  These items had the net effect of increasing Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Net income per common share-Diluted by $10.3 and $0.03 per share, respectively.  Excluding the effect of these items, Adjusted Net Income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Adjusted Diluted EPS were $625.4 and $1.93 per share, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

(5)

Includes (a) acquisition-related expenses of $2.0 ($2.0 after-tax) relating to 2012 acquisitions and (b) income tax costs of $11.3 relating to a delay, by the U.S. government, in the reinstatement of certain federal income tax provisions for the year 2012 relating primarily to research and development credits and certain U.S. taxes on foreign income.  Such tax provisions were reinstated on January 2, 2013 with retroactive effect to 2012.  These items had the aggregate effect of decreasing Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Net income per common share-Diluted by $13.3 and $0.04 per share, respectively.  Excluding the effect of these items, Adjusted Net Income attributable to Amphenol Corporation and Adjusted Diluted EPS were $568.6 and $1.73 per share, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012.

18


 

Table of Contents

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

(dollars in millions, except per share data)

 

The following discussion and analysis of the results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Part II, Item 8, herein.  The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in U.S. dollars, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).  The following discussion and analysis also includes references to certain non-GAAP financial measures, which are defined in the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below, including “Constant Currency Net Sales Growth” and “Organic Net Sales Growth”.  For purposes of the following discussion, the terms “constant currencies” and “organically” have the same meanings as these aforementioned non-GAAP financial measures.  Refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” within this Item 7 for more information, including our reasons for including non-GAAP financial measures and material limitations with respect to the usefulness of the measures.

 

In addition to historical information, the following discussion and analysis also contains certain forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risk factors described in Item 1A herein, as well as the risks and uncertainties that exist with the use of forward-looking statements as described in the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” section included herein at the beginning of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Overview

 

General

 

The Company is one of the world’s largest designers, manufacturers and marketers of electrical, electronic and fiber optic connectors, interconnect systems, antennas, sensors and sensor-based products and coaxial and high-speed specialty cable.  The Company operates through two reporting segments: (i) Interconnect Products and Assemblies and (ii) Cable Products and Solutions.  In 2016, approximately 72% of the Company’s sales were outside the U.S.  The primary end markets for our products are:

 

·

information technology and communication devices and systems for the converging technologies of voice, video and data communications;

·

a broad range of industrial applications and traditional and hybrid-electric automotive applications; and

·

commercial aerospace and military applications.

 

The Company’s products are used in a wide variety of applications by numerous customers.  The Company competes primarily on the basis of technology innovation, product quality, price, customer service and delivery time.  There has been a trend on the part of original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) customers to consolidate their lists of qualified suppliers to companies that have the ability to meet certain quality, delivery and other standards while maintaining competitive prices.  The Company has focused its global resources to position itself to compete effectively in this environment.  The Company believes that its global presence is an important competitive advantage as it allows the Company to provide quality products on a timely and worldwide basis to its multinational customers.

 

Strategy

 

The Company’s strategy is to provide its customers with comprehensive design capabilities, a broad selection of products and a high level of service on a worldwide basis while maintaining continuing programs of productivity improvement and cost control.  The Company focuses its research and development efforts through close collaboration with its OEM customers to develop highly-engineered products that meet customer needs and have the potential for broad market applications and significant sales within a one- to three-year period.  The Company is also focused on controlling costs.  The Company does this by investing in modern manufacturing technologies, controlling purchasing processes and expanding into lower cost areas.

 

19


 

Table of Contents

The Company’s strategic objective is to further enhance its position in its served markets by pursuing the following success factors:

 

·

Pursue broad diversification;

·

Develop performance-enhancing interconnect solutions;

·

Expand global presence;

·

Control costs;

·

Pursue strategic acquisitions and investments; and

·

Foster collaborative, entrepreneurial management.

 

In 2016, the Company reported net sales, operating income and net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation of $6,286.4, $1,205.2 and $822.9, respectively, up 13%, 9% and 8%, respectively, from 2015.  Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted Net Income attributable to Amphenol, as defined in the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below and as reconciled in Part II, Item 6 and Item 7 herein, increased by 12% and 11%, respectively.  Sales and profitability trends are discussed in detail in “Results of Operations” below.  In addition, a strength of the Company has been its ability to consistently generate cash from operations.  The Company uses cash generated from operations to fund capital expenditures and acquisitions, repurchase shares of its common stock, pay dividends and reduce indebtedness.  In 2016, the Company generated operating cash flow of $1,077.6.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth the components of net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation as a percentage of net sales for the years indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

 

2015

    

 

2014

 

 

Net sales

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%  

 

100.0

%

 

Cost of sales

 

67.5

 

 

68.1

 

 

68.3

 

 

Acquisition-related expenses

 

0.6

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.2

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

12.7

 

 

12.0

 

 

12.1

 

 

Operating income

 

19.2

 

 

19.8

 

 

19.4

 

 

Interest expense

 

(1.1)

 

 

(1.2)

 

 

(1.5)

 

 

Other income, net

 

0.1

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.3

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

18.2

 

 

18.9

 

 

18.2

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

(4.9)

 

 

(5.0)

 

 

(4.8)

 

 

Net income

 

13.3

 

 

13.9

 

 

13.4

 

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(0.2)

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

(0.1)

 

 

Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation

 

13.1

%  

 

13.7

%  

 

13.3

%

 

 

2016 Compared to 2015

 

Net sales were $6,286.4 for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $5,568.7 for the year ended December 31, 2015, an increase of 13% in U.S. dollars, 14% in constant currencies and 2% organically (excluding both currency and acquisition impacts) over the prior year.  Net sales in the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment (approximately 94% of net sales) increased 13% in U.S. dollars, 14% in constant currencies and 2% organically in 2016, compared to 2015.  The sales growth was driven primarily by growth in the information technology and data communications, industrial, automotive, mobile networks and military markets, with contributions from both the Company’s acquisitions as well as organic strength, partially offset by a decline in sales in the mobile devices market and a slight decline in the commercial aerospace market.  Net sales to the information technology and data communications market increased (approximately $404.0), reflecting the benefits of FCI and other acquisitions as well as growth in products for data centers, including server, networking and storage-related applications.  Net sales to the industrial market increased (approximately $183.9) reflecting the benefit of acquisitions including FCI as well as sales strength in hybrid bus and truck, factory automation and heavy equipment, which was partially offset by sales declines in products sold into oil and gas exploration and alternative energy applications.  Net sales to the automotive market increased (approximately $118.3), driven by both an expansion of our products across a diversified range of vehicles and new onboard electronics as well as contributions from acquisitions.  Net sales to the mobile networks market increased (approximately $114.9), primarily due to contributions from acquisitions including FCI as well as increased sales to

20


 

Table of Contents

mobile network service providers and OEMs.  Net sales to the military market increased (approximately $24.0), driven primarily by increased sales into avionics packaging and military airframe applications.  Net sales to the mobile devices market decreased (approximately $158.8) primarily due to declining sales of products incorporated into tablets, smartphones and production-related products, partially offset by growth in sales of products incorporated into new wearable technologies.  Net sales to the commercial aerospace market slightly decreased (approximately $2.5) due to decreases in commercial helicopter and business jet demand which offset the growth associated with new airplane platforms.  Net sales in the Cable Products and Solutions segment (approximately 6% of net sales), which is primarily in the broadband communications market, increased 10% in U.S. dollars, 12% in constant currencies and 9% organically in 2016, compared to 2015, primarily due to the sales increase in the broadband communications market and contributions from an acquisition made during the third quarter of 2016.

 

The table below reconciles Constant Currency Net Sales Growth and Organic Net Sales Growth to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures, by segment and consolidated, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Growth (relative to prior year)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

Foreign

 

Constant

 

 

 

Organic

 

 

 

 

 

growth in

 

currency

 

Currency Net

 

Acquisition

 

Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.   Dollars   (1)

 

impact   (2)

 

Sales   Growth   (3)

 

impact   (4)

 

Growth   (3)

 

 

  

2016

   

2015

   

(GAAP)

 

(non-GAAP)

 

(non-GAAP)

 

(non-GAAP)

 

(non-GAAP)

 

Net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnect Products and Assemblies

 

$

5,922.3

 

$

5,239.1

 

13

%  

 

(1)

%  

 

14

%  

 

12

%  

 

2

%  

 

Cable Products and Solutions

 

 

364.1

 

 

329.6

 

10

%  

 

(2)

%  

 

12

%  

 

3

%  

 

9

%  

 

Consolidated

 

$

6,286.4

 

$

5,568.7

 

13

%  

 

(1)

%  

 

14

%  

 

12

%  

 

2

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Net sales growth in U.S. dollars is calculated based on Net sales as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Note 11 of the accompanying financial statements.

(2)

Foreign currency translation impact, a non-GAAP measure, represents the impact on net sales resulting from foreign currency exchange rate changes in the current year period(s) compared to the prior year.  Such amount is calculated by translating current year net sales at average foreign currency exchange rates for the respective prior year.

(3)

Constant Currency Net Sales Growth and Organic Net Sales Growth are non-GAAP financial measures as defined in the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section.

(4)

Acquisition impact, a non-GAAP measure, represents the impact on net sales resulting from acquisitions closed during the years presented, which were not included in the Company’s results as of the comparable prior year and which do not reflect the underlying growth of the Company on a comparative basis.

 

Geographically, net sales in the U.S. in 2016 increased approximately 3% ($1,740.7 in 2016 versus $1,696.3 in 2015) compared to 2015.  International sales in 2016 increased approximately 17% in U.S. dollars ($4,545.7 in 2016 versus $3,872.4 in 2015), 19% in constant currencies and 5% organically, compared to 2015 with strength in both Asia and Europe.  The comparatively stronger U.S. dollar in 2016 had the effect of decreasing net sales by approximately $61.3 when compared to foreign currency translation rates in 2015.

 

Gross profit margin as a percentage of net sales was 32.5% in 2016 compared to 31.9% in 2015.  The increase in gross profit margin as a percentage of sales relates primarily to higher gross profit margins in the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment reflecting the benefit of higher volumes and cost reduction actions as well as the impact of the FCI acquisition, which had higher gross margins than the average of the Company.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $798.2 or 12.7% of net sales for 2016, compared to $669.1 or 12.0% of net sales for 2015.  The increase is driven primarily by the impact of the FCI acquisition, which has higher selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales than the average of the Company.  Administrative expenses increased approximately $41.2 in 2016 primarily related to the impact of the FCI acquisition and increases in the amortization of acquisition-related identified intangible assets and stock-based compensation expense and represented approximately 4.9% of net sales in 2016 and 4.8% of net sales in 2015.  Research and development expenses increased approximately $41.4 in 2016 primarily related to the impact of the FCI acquisition and represented approximately 2.6% of net sales in 2016 and 2.2% of net sales in 2015. Selling and marketing expenses increased approximately $46.5 in 2016 primarily related to the impact of the FCI acquisition and an increase in sales volume and represented approximately 5.1% of net sales in 2016 and 5.0% of net sales in 2015.

 

Operating income was $1,205.2 or 19.2% of net sales in 2016, compared to $1,104.7 or 19.8% of net sales in 2015.  Operating income for 2016 includes $36.6 of acquisition-related expenses, which included external transaction costs, amortization related to the value associated with acquired backlog and post-closing restructuring charges related to the FCI acquisition, as well as transaction costs associated with other acquisitions.  Operating income for 2015 includes $5.7

21


 

Table of Contents

of acquisition-related expenses, which included professional and transaction-related fees and other external expenses related to acquisitions closed and announced in 2015.  These acquisition-related expenses are separately presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, these expenses had an impact on net income of $33.1, or $0.11 per share, and $5.7, or $0.02 per share, respectively.  Excluding the effect of these acquisition-related expenses, Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted Operating Margin, as defined in the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below, were $1,241.8 or 19.8% of net sales in 2016 and $1,110.4 or 19.9% in 2015.  The decrease in Adjusted Operating Margin for 2016 compared to 2015, relates to the decrease in operating margin for the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment.  Operating income for the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment in 2016 was $1,280.3 or 21.6% of net sales, compared to $1,158.3 or 22.1% of net sales in 2015.  The slight decrease in operating income margin is driven by the impact of the FCI acquisition, which had a lower operating margin than the average of the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment for the full year period.  In addition, the operating income for the Cable Products and Solutions segment in 2016 was $52.8 or 14.5% of net sales, compared to $40.3 or 12.2% of net sales in 2015.  The increase in operating income margin for the Cable Products and Solutions segment in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily as a result of strong operating execution on additional volume, along with the benefit from the favorable impact from commodities.

 

The table below reconciles Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted Operating Margin to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

 

2015

 

 

Operating

 

Operating

 

Operating

 

Operating

 

 

income

 

margin

 

income

 

margin

Reported (GAAP)

 

$

1,205.2

 

19.2

%  

 

$

1,104.7

 

19.8

%  

Acquisition-related expenses

 

 

36.6

 

0.6

%  

 

 

5.7

 

0.1

%  

Adjusted (non-GAAP)

 

$

1,241.8

 

19.8

%  

 

$

1,110.4

 

19.9

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense was $72.6 in 2016 compared to $68.3 in 2015.  The increase is primarily attributable to the impact of higher average debt levels in 2016 which primarily resulted from the Company’s dividend and stock buyback programs.

 

Other income, net, decreased to $8.5 in 2016 compared to $16.4 in 2015, primarily related to lower interest income on lower cash equivalents and short-term investments, which resulted from the funding of the acquisition of FCI in January 2016 with cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments held outside of the United States.

 

The provision for income taxes was at an effective rate of 27.0% in 2016 and 26.6% in 2015.  The effective tax rate for 2016 and 2015 included the effect of acquisition-related expenses incurred during each year, which had the impact of increasing the effective tax rate by 50 basis points and 10 basis points, respectively.  For additional details related to the reconciliation between the U.S. statutory federal tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for these years, refer to Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

2015 Compared to 2014

 

Net sales were $5,568.7 for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $5,345.5 for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of 4% in U.S. dollars, 8% in constant currencies and 3% organically (excluding both currency and acquisition impacts) over the prior year.  Net sales in the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment (approximately 94% of net sales) increased 5% in U.S. dollars, 8% in constant currencies and 3% organically in 2015, compared to 2014.  The sales growth was driven by increases in the automotive, mobile devices, industrial and information technology and data communications equipment markets, with contributions from both organic growth and the Company’s acquisition program; partially offset by decreases in sales in the mobile networks, commercial aerospace and military markets.  Net sales to the automotive market increased (approximately $190.9), driven both by acquisitions and an expansion of our products across a diversified range of vehicles and onboard electronics.  Net sales to the mobile devices market increased (approximately $116.5) primarily due to growth in next generation laptops, mobile device accessories and production-related products.  Net sales to the industrial market increased (approximately $43.0) reflecting the benefit of acquisitions as well as growth in industrial battery and hybrid vehicle applications and in alternative energy applications, offset by significant declines in products sold into oil and gas exploration.  Net sales to the information technology and data communications market increased (approximately $17.6), primarily due to the growth in products for server, web and data center applications, partially offset by declines in storage-related

22


 

Table of Contents

applications.  Net sales to the mobile networks market decreased (approximately $101.7), primarily due to a decrease in worldwide mobile network build-outs.  Net sales to the commercial aerospace market decreased (approximately $21.5), primarily due to decreases in commercial helicopter and business jet demand.  Net sales to the military market decreased slightly (approximately $3.8).  Net sales in the Cable Products and Solutions segment (approximately 6% of net sales), which is primarily in the broadband communications market, decreased 7% in U.S. dollars and 2% in both constant currencies and organically in 2015, compared to 2014 primarily due to a slowdown in spending by cable operators and the effect of ongoing operator consolidations in the broadband market.

 

The table below reconciles Constant Currency Net Sales Growth and Organic Net Sales Growth to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures, by segment and consolidated, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage Growth (relative to prior year)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

Foreign

 

Constant

 

 

 

Organic

 

 

 

 

 

growth in

 

currency

 

Currency Net

 

Acquisition

 

Net Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.   Dollars   (1)

 

impact   (2)

 

Sales   Growth   (3)

 

impact   (4)

 

Growth   (3)

 

 

  

2015

   

2014

   

(GAAP)

 

(non-GAAP)

 

(non-GAAP)

 

(non-GAAP)

 

(non-GAAP)

 

Net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnect Products and Assemblies

 

$

5,239.1

 

$

4,992.6

 

5

%  

 

(3)

%  

 

8

%  

 

5

%  

 

3

%  

 

Cable Products and Solutions

 

 

329.6

 

 

352.9

 

(7)

%  

 

(5)

%  

 

(2)

%  

 

0

%  

 

(2)

%  

 

Consolidated

 

$

5,568.7

 

$

5,345.5

 

4

%  

 

(4)

%  

 

8

%  

 

5

%  

 

3

%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Net sales growth in U.S. dollars is calculated based on Net sales as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Note 11 of the accompanying financial statements.

(2)

Foreign currency translation impact, a non-GAAP measure, represents the impact on net sales resulting from foreign currency exchange rate changes in the current year period(s) compared to the prior year.  Such amount is calculated by translating current year net sales at average foreign currency exchange rates for the respective prior year.

(3)

Constant Currency Net Sales Growth and Organic Net Sales Growth are non-GAAP financial measures as defined in the "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section.

(4)

Acquisition impact, a non-GAAP measure, represents the impact on net sales resulting from acquisitions closed during the years presented, which were not included in the Company’s results as of the comparable prior year and which do not reflect the underlying growth of the Company on a comparative basis.

 

Geographically, net sales in the U.S. in 2015 increased approximately 1% ($1,696.3 in 2015 versus $1,673.5 in 2014) compared to 2014.  International sales for 2015 increased approximately 5% in U.S. dollars and approximately 10% in constant currencies ($3,872.4 in 2015 versus $3,672.0 in 2014) compared to 2014 with strength in both Asia and Europe.  The comparatively stronger U.S. dollar in 2015 had the effect of decreasing net sales by approximately $190.3 when compared to foreign currency translation rates in 2014.

 

Gross profit margin as a percentage of net sales was 31.9% in 2015 compared to 31.7% in 2014.  The increase in gross profit margin as a percentage of net sales relates primarily to higher gross profit margins in the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment reflecting the benefit of higher volumes and cost reduction actions.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $669.1 or 12.0% of net sales for 2015, compared to $645.1 or 12.1% of net sales for 2014.  Administrative expenses increased approximately $9.6 in 2015 primarily related to increases in the amortization of acquisition-related identified intangible assets and stock-based compensation expense and represented approximately 4.8% of net sales in both 2015 and 2014.  Research and development expenses increased approximately $9.9 in 2015 reflecting an overall increase in expenses for new product development and represented approximately 2.2% of net sales in 2015 and 2.1% of net sales in 2014.  Selling and marketing expenses increased approximately $4.5 in 2015 primarily related to the increase in sales volume and represented approximately 5.0% of net sales in 2015 and 5.1% of net sales in 2014.

 

Operating income was $1,104.7 or 19.8% of net sales in 2015, compared to $1,034.6 or 19.4% of net sales in 2014.  Operating income for 2015 includes $5.7 of acquisition-related expenses (separately presented in the Consolidated Statements of Income) related to professional fees and other external expenses for acquisitions that were closed and announced in 2015.  Operating income for 2014 includes $14.1 of acquisition-related expenses, which included professional and transaction-related fees and other external expenses related to acquisitions closed in 2014, as well as the amortization of the value associated with acquired backlog related to acquisitions that closed in 2013 and 2014.  For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, these expenses had an impact on net income of $5.7, or $0.02 per share, and $10.2, or $0.04 per share, respectively.  Excluding the effect of these expenses, Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted Operating Margin, as defined in the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below, were $1,110.4 or 19.9% of net sales in 2015 and $1,048.7 or 19.6% of net sales in 2014.  The increase in Adjusted Operating

23


 

Table of Contents

Margin in 2015 compared to 2014 relates to the increase in operating margin for the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment.  Operating income for the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment for 2015 was $1,158.3 or 22.1% of net sales, compared to $1,088.0 or 21.8% of net sales in 2014.  This increase in operating income margin is driven primarily by the positive impact of higher gross profit margins as well as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales, as described above.  In addition, the operating income for the Cable Products and Solutions segment for 2015 was $40.3 or 12.2% of net sales, compared to $43.7 or 12.4% of net sales for 2014.  The decrease in operating income margin for the Cable Products and Solutions segment for 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily as a result of lower volumes.

 

The table below reconciles Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted Operating Margin to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2015

 

2014

    

 

 

Operating

 

Operating

 

Operating

 

Operating

 

 

 

income

 

margin

 

income

 

margin

 

Reported (GAAP)

 

$

1,104.7

 

19.8

%  

 

$

1,034.6

 

19.4

%  

 

Acquisition-related expenses

 

 

5.7

 

0.1

%  

 

 

14.1

 

0.2

%  

 

Adjusted (non-GAAP)

 

$

1,110.4

 

19.9

%  

 

$

1,048.7

 

19.6

%  

 

 

Interest expense was $68.3 for 2015 compared to $80.4 for 2014.  The decrease is primarily attributable to the benefit of lower average borrowing rates resulting from the commercial paper program that was initiated in late 2014, and a senior note issuance in the third quarter of 2014 which replaced a higher rate note maturity.  This benefit more than offset the impact of higher average debt levels which resulted from the Company’s stock buyback program as well as acquisition activity.

 

Other income, net, decreased to $16.4 in 2015 compared to $18.3 in 2014, primarily related to lower interest income on cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.

 

The provision for income taxes was at an effective rate of 26.6% in 2015 and 26.5% in 2014.  The effective tax rate for 2015 included the effect of acquisition-related expenses incurred during each year, which had the impact of increasing the effective tax rate by 10 basis points.  Acquisition-related expenses incurred during 2014 did not have an impact on the effective tax rate for that year.  For additional details related to the reconciliation between the U.S. statutory federal tax rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for these years, refer to Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $1,173.2 and $1,760.4, respectively.  On January 8, 2016, the Company used approximately $1,178.6 of its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, net of cash acquired, to fund the FCI acquisition.  The vast majority of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments on hand as of December 31, 2016 was located outside of the U.S.  The Company does not currently intend to repatriate any of its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, but rather to permanently reinvest such funds outside the U.S.  However, any repatriation of funds would result in the need to accrue and pay income taxes.

 

Cash Flow Summary

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

1,077.6

 

$

1,030.5

 

$

880.9

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,612.7)

 

 

(27.3)

 

 

(781.9)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(133.5)

 

 

(180.1)

 

 

14.1

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(34.0)

 

 

(54.8)

 

 

(31.0)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(702.6)

 

$

768.3

 

$

82.1

24


 

Table of Contents

 

Operating Activities

 

The ability to generate cash from operating activities has been one of the Company’s fundamental financial strengths.  Cash flow provided by operating activities was $1,077.6 for 2016 compared to $1,030.5 for 2015. The increase in cash flow provided by operating activities for 2016 compared to 2015 is primarily related to an increase in net income, higher non-cash charges resulting from the increase in depreciation and amortization related to the FCI acquisition, and a higher decrease in the net components of working capital, which were partially offset by a higher usage of cash related to the change in long-term assets and liabilities.  Cash flow provided by operating activities was $1,030.5 for 2015 compared to $880.9 for 2014. The increase in cash flow provided by operating activities for 2015 compared to 2014 is primarily due to an increase in net income and an overall decrease in the net components of working capital, compared to the increase in net working capital in 2014.

 

In 2016, the components of working capital as presented on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow decreased $51.2, excluding the impact of acquisitions and foreign currency translation, due primarily to increases in accrued income taxes, other accrued liabilities, and accounts payable of $91.7, $61.9, and $47.8, respectively, and a decrease in other current assets of $29.9, partially offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventories of $165.9 and $14.2, respectively.  In 2015, the components of working capital as presented on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow decreased $46.9, excluding the impact of acquisitions and foreign currency translation, due primarily to decreases in other current assets of $47.7 and increases in accrued liabilities of $44.2, offset by increases in accounts receivable and inventory of $22.3 and $5.2, respectively, and decreases in accounts payable of $17.5.  In 2014, the components of working capital increased $18.9, excluding the impact of acquisitions and foreign currency translation, due primarily to increases in accounts receivable, inventory, and other current assets of $111.5, $51.6 and $10.0, respectively, offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $66.8 and $87.3, respectively.  

 

The following describes the significant changes in the amounts as presented on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015. Accounts receivable increased $244.7 to $1,349.3 primarily due to the impact of the FCI and other 2016 acquisitions as well as an increase in sales volume, partially offset by the effect of translation from exchange rate changes at December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 (“Translation”). Days sales outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 73 and 71, respectively.  Inventories increased $77.1 to $928.9, primarily due to the impact of the FCI and other 2016 acquisitions, partially offset by Translation. Inventory days at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 76 and 79, respectively. Land and depreciable assets, net, increased $101.9 to $711.4, primarily due to the impact of the FCI and other 2016 acquisitions, as well as capital expenditures of $190.8, partially offset by depreciation of $157.8, disposals and Translation.  Goodwill increased $985.9 to $3,678.8 primarily as a result of goodwill recognized during the year related to four acquisitions in the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment, including FCI, and one acquisition in the Cable Products and Solutions segment, partially offset by Translation.  Intangibles, net and other long-term assets increased $211.3 to $517.3 primarily as a result of the identifiable intangible assets of $263.0 recognized related to the FCI and other 2016 acquisitions, partially offset by amortization of $54.6 and Translation.  Accounts payable increased $90.4 to $678.2, primarily as a result of the impact of the FCI and other 2016 acquisitions, partially offset by Translation.  Payable days at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 55 and 54, respectively.  Total accrued expenses increased $161.5 to $581.8, primarily as a result of the impact of the FCI and other 2016 acquisitions.  Accrued pension and postretirement benefit obligations increased $25.9 to $288.4 primarily as a result of the impact of the FCI acquisition.  Other long-term liabilities increased $120.6 to $216.5 primarily as a result of the impact of the FCI and other 2016 acquisitions, specifically related to an increase in contingent tax liabilities and deferred tax liabilities.

 

In 2016, the Company made aggregate cash contributions to its defined benefit pension plans of approximately $26.2, the majority of which was to its U.S. defined benefit pension plans. The timing and amount of cash contributions in subsequent years will depend on a number of factors, including the investment performance of the plan assets.

 

Investing Activities

 

Cash flows from investing activities consist primarily of cash flows associated with capital expenditures (purchases of land and depreciable assets), proceeds from disposals of land and depreciable assets, net sales and maturities (purchases) of short-term investments, and acquisitions. 

 

25


 

Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities was $1,612.7 in 2016, compared to $27.3 in 2015 and $781.9 in 2014.  In 2016, cash used in investing activities was driven primarily by the use of $1,305.1 in cash to fund acquisitions during the year, most significantly the acquisition of FCI for $1,178.6, capital expenditures (net of disposals) of $183.7 and net purchases of short-term investments of $123.9.  In 2015, cash used in investing activities was driven primarily by the use of $199.8 in cash to fund acquisitions during the year and capital expenditures (net of disposals) of $163.4, partially offset by net sales and maturities of short-term investments of $335.9.  In 2014, cash used in investing activities was driven primarily by the use of $518.2 in cash to fund acquisitions during the year, capital expenditures (net of disposals) of $203.5 and net purchases of short-term investments of $60.2. 

 

Financing Activities

 

Cash flows from financing activities consist primarily of cash flows associated with borrowings and repayments of the Company’s credit facilities and other long-debt, repurchases of common stock, proceeds from the exercise of stock options including the related excess tax benefits, dividend payments and distributions to noncontrolling interests. 

 

Net cash used in financing activities was $133.5 in 2016, compared to $180.1 in 2015.  In 2016, cash used in financing activities was driven primarily by repurchases of the Company’s common stock of $325.8, dividend payments of $172.7, payments to shareholders of noncontrolling interests of $6.8 and payments of costs related to the refinancing of our revolving credit facility of $3.0, partially offset by cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options including the related excess tax benefits of $191.6 and increased net borrowings of $183.2.  In 2015, cash used in financing activities of $180.1 was driven primarily by repurchases of the Company’s common stock of $248.9, dividend payments of $159.3 and payments to shareholders of noncontrolling interests of $6.1, partially offset by increased net borrowings of $153.6 and cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options including the related excess tax benefits of $80.6.  In 2014, cash provided by financing activities of $14.1 was driven primarily by increased net borrowings of $540.0 and cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options including the related excess tax benefits of $130.1, partially offset by repurchases of the Company’s common stock of $539.4, dividend payments of $101.9, payments of costs related to debt financing of $11.1 and payments to shareholders of noncontrolling interests of $3.6. 

 

The Company has significant flexibility to meet its financial commitments.  The Company uses debt financing to lower the overall cost of capital and increase return on stockholders’ equity.  The Company has been, and continues to be, able to borrow funds at reasonable interest rates.  The Company’s debt financing includes the use of the commercial paper program, the revolving credit facility and senior notes as part of its overall cash management strategy. 

 

On March 1, 2016, the Company replaced its $1,500.0 unsecured credit facility with a new $2,000.0 unsecured credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”).  The Revolving Credit Facility, which matures March 2021, increases the aggregate commitments by $500.0 and gives the Company the ability to borrow at a spread over LIBOR.  The Company intends to utilize the Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes.  At December 31, 2016, there were no borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.  The Revolving Credit Facility requires payment of certain annual agency and commitment fees and requires that the Company satisfy certain financial covenants.  At December 31, 2016, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the Revolving Credit Facility. 

 

In September 2014, the Company entered into a commercial paper program (“Commercial Paper Program”) pursuant to which the Company issues short-term unsecured commercial paper notes in one or more private placements.  Amounts available under the Commercial Paper Program are borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time. The Commercial Paper Program is rated A-2 by Standard & Poor’s and P-2 by Moody’s and is backstopped by the Revolving Credit Facility.  Effective April 1, 2016, the maximum aggregate principal amount of the commercial paper notes that may be outstanding at any time under the Commercial Paper Program was increased by $500.0 from $1,500.0 to $2,000.0.  The amount of commercial paper notes outstanding as of December 31, 2016 was $1,018.9.  Additionally, in 2014, the Company issued three separate unsecured senior notes with an aggregate $1,500.0 principal amount, the proceeds of which were used to repay the $600.0 4.75% notes which matured during the year and borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facilities.  Fees and expenses related to the issuance of the Revolving Credit Facility in 2016 was $3.0.  The fees and expenses related to the issuance of the commercial paper and senior notes in 2014 was $11.1.  Such issuance fees and expenses are amortized to interest expense over the respective terms of the debt.  The Company reviews its optimal mix of short-term and long-term debt regularly and may replace certain amounts of commercial paper, short-term debt and current maturities of long-term debt with new issuances of long-term debt in the future.

 

26


 

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has outstanding senior notes (the “Senior Notes”) as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

    

Interest

    

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Maturity

 

$

375.0

 

1.55

%  

September 2017

 

 

750.0

 

2.55

%  

January 2019

 

 

375.0

 

3.125

%  

September 2021

 

 

500.0

 

4.00

%  

February 2022

 

 

The Senior Notes are unsecured and rank equally in right of payment with the Company’s other unsecured senior indebtedness. Interest on each series of the Senior Notes is payable semiannually. The Company may, at its option, redeem some or all of any series of Senior Notes at any time by paying 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, and if redeemed prior to the date of maturity, a make-whole premium.  The 1.55% Senior Notes are due in September 2017 and are therefore recorded, net of the related unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, within Current portion of long-term debt in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016.

 

Refer to Note 2 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information related to the Company’s debt.

 

In January 2013, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which the Company could repurchase up to 20 million shares of its Common Stock during the two-year period ending January 31, 2015 (the “2013 Stock Repurchase Program”).  During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company repurchased 11.4 million shares of its common stock for $539.4.  These treasury shares have been retired by the Company and common stock and retained earnings were reduced accordingly.  At December 31, 2014, the Company had repurchased all of the shares authorized under the 2013 Stock Repurchase Program.

 

In January 2015, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which the Company could repurchase up to 10 million shares of its Common Stock during the two-year period ended January 20, 2017 (the “2015 Stock Repurchase Program”).  During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company repurchased 5.5 million and 4.5 million shares of its common stock for $325.8 and $248.9, respectively.  These treasury shares have been retired by the Company and common stock and retained earnings were reduced accordingly.  At December 31, 2016, the Company had repurchased all of the shares authorized under the 2015 Stock Repurchase Program. 

 

On January 24, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program under which the Company may purchase up to $1,000.0 of the Company’s Common Stock during the two-year period ending January 24, 2019 in accordance with the requirements of Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act (the “2017 Stock Repurchase Program”).  As of February 10, 2017, the Company repurchased approximately 3.2 million shares of its common stock for $213.9 under the 2017 Stock Repurchase Program.  The price and timing of any future purchases under the 2017 Stock Repurchase Program will depend on factors such as levels of cash generation from operations, the volume of stock option exercises by employees, cash requirements for acquisitions, dividends, economic and market conditions and stock price. 

 

Contingent upon declaration by the Board of Directors, the Company generally pays a quarterly dividend on shares of Common Stock.  In the third quarter of 2015, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the quarterly dividend rate from $0.125 to $0.14 per share effective with dividends declared in the third quarter of 2015, and in October 2016, approved a further increase in the quarterly dividend rate from $0.14 to $0.16 per share effective with dividends declared in the fourth quarter of 2016.  Total dividends declared during 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $178.8, $163.7 and $140.6, respectively. Total dividends paid in 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $172.7, $159.3 and $101.9, respectively, including those declared in the prior year and paid in the current year. The Company’s debt service requirements consist primarily of principal and interest on the Senior Notes, the Revolving Credit Facility, and the Commercial Paper Program.

 

Liquidity and Cash Requirements

 

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are internally generated cash flow, the Commercial Paper Program, the Revolving Credit Facility, and its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments on hand. The Company believes that its cash, cash equivalents and short-term investment position on hand, ability to generate future cash flow from

27


 

Table of Contents

operations, availability under its credit facilities, and access to capital markets provide adequate liquidity to meet its obligations for the next twelve months, including the repayment of its 1.55% Senior Notes due in September 2017.

 

The Company’s primary ongoing cash requirements will be for operating and capital expenditures, product development activities, repurchase of its common stock, funding of pension obligations, dividends and debt service.  The Company may also use cash to fund all or part of the cost of acquisitions, as it did with the 2016 acquisition of FCI.  The Company expects that capital expenditures in 2017 will be in a range of approximately $200.0 to $240.0. 

 

FCI Acquisition

 

On January 8, 2016, pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated July 17, 2015 and as amended on December 31, 2015, the Company acquired all of the share capital of FCI for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $1,178.6, net of cash acquired, which was funded by cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments on hand that were held outside of the United States.

 

Refer to Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the FCI acquisition.

 

Environmental Matters

 

Certain operations of the Company are subject to environmental laws and regulations which govern the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, as well as the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes. The Company believes that its operations are currently in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that the costs of continuing compliance will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Inflation and Costs

 

The cost of the Company’s products is influenced by the cost of a wide variety of raw materials.  The Company strives to offset the impact of increases in the cost of raw materials, labor and services through price increases, productivity improvements and cost saving programs.  However, in certain markets, particularly in communications related markets, implementing price increases can be difficult and there is no guarantee that the Company will be successful.

 

Foreign Exchange

 

The Company conducts business in many international currencies through its worldwide operations, and as a result is subject to foreign exchange exposure due to changes in exchange rates of the various currencies including possible currency devaluations. Changes in exchange rates can positively or negatively affect the Company’s sales, gross margins and equity. The Company attempts to minimize currency exposure risk in a number of ways including producing its products in the same country or region in which the products are sold, thereby generating revenues and incurring expenses in the same currency, cost reduction and pricing actions, and working capital management.  However, there can be no assurance that these actions will be fully effective in managing currency risk, especially in the event of a significant and sudden decline in the value of any of the international currencies of the Company’s worldwide operations.  For further discussion of foreign exchange exposures, risks and uncertainties, refer to the risk factor titled “The Company’s results may be negatively affected by foreign currency exchange rates” in Part I, Item 1A herein.

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

In addition to assessing the Company’s financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and cash flows in accordance with U.S. GAAP, management utilizes certain non-GAAP financial measures defined below as part of its internal reviews for purposes of monitoring, evaluating and forecasting the Company’s financial performance, communicating operating results to the Company's Board of Directors and assessing related employee compensation measures.  Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures may be helpful to investors in assessing the Company’s overall financial performance, trends and year-over-year comparative results, in addition to the reasons noted below.  Non-GAAP financial measures exclude income and expenses that are not directly related to the Company's operating performance during the years presented.  Items excluded from non-GAAP financial measures in any period may consist of, without limitation, acquisition-related expenses, certain discrete tax items and refinancing-related costs

28


 

Table of Contents

that may arise during such periods.  The non-GAAP financial information contained herein is included for supplemental purposes only and should not be considered in isolation, as a substitute for or superior to the related U.S. GAAP financial measures.  In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures are not necessarily the same or comparable to similar measures presented by other companies, as such measures may be calculated differently or may exclude different items. 

 

The non-GAAP financial measures defined below should be read in conjunction with the Company’s financial statements presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  The reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are included in “Results of Operations”:

 

·

Adjusted Operating Income is defined as Operating income, as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income, excluding income and expenses that are not directly related to the Company's operating performance during the years presented.     

 

·

Adjusted Operating Margin is defined as Adjusted Operating Income (as defined above) expressed as a percentage of Net sales (as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income).

 

·

Constant Currency Net Sales Growth is defined as the year-over-year percentage change in net sales growth, excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates.  Our results are subject to volatility related to foreign currency translation fluctuations.  As such, management evaluates the Company’s sales performance based on actual sales growth in U.S. dollars, as well as Organic Net Sales Growth (defined below) and Constant Currency Net Sales Growth, and believes that such information is useful to investors to assess the underlying sales trends.

 

·

Organic Net Sales Growth is defined as the year-over-year percentage change in net sales growth resulting from operating volume and pricing changes, and excludes the impact of 1) changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which directly impact the Company’s operating results and are outside the control of the Company and 2) acquisitions closed during the years presented, which were not included in the Company’s results as of the comparable prior years and which do not reflect the underlying growth of the Company on a comparative basis.  Management evaluates the Company’s sales performance based on actual sales growth in U.S. dollars, as well as Constant Currency Net Sales Growth (defined above) and Organic Net Sales Growth, and believes that such information is useful to investors to assess the underlying sales trends.

 

In addition, the following two non-GAAP financial measures, defined below, are reconciled to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures in Part II, Item 6 herein, for each of the years presented therein.

 

·

Adjusted Net Income attributable to Amphenol is defined as Net Income attributable to Amphenol Corporation, as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income, excluding income and expenses and their related tax effects, that are not directly related to the Company's operating performance during the years presented.

 

·

Adjusted Diluted EPS is defined as diluted earnings per share (as reported in accordance with GAAP), excluding income and expenses and their related tax effects, that are not directly related to the Company's operating performance during the years presented.  Adjusted Diluted EPS is calculated as Adjusted Net Income attributable to Amphenol, as defined above, divided by the weighted average outstanding diluted shares as reported in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Refer to Note 1 of the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

 

Pensions

 

The Company and certain of its subsidiaries in the United States have defined benefit pension plans (“U.S. Plans”), which cover certain U.S. employees and which represent the majority of the plan assets and benefit obligations of the aggregate defined benefit plans of the Company.  The U.S. Plans’ benefits are generally based on years of service and

29


 

Table of Contents

compensation and are generally noncontributory.  Certain U.S. employees not covered by the U.S. Plans are covered by defined contribution plans.   Certain foreign subsidiaries also have defined benefit plans covering their employees (the “International Plans”).  The pension expense for the U.S. Plans and the International Plans (together, the “Plans”) approximated $24.2, $31.0 and $22.4 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and is calculated based upon a number of actuarial assumptions established on January 1 of the applicable year, including a weighted average discount rate, mortality projections, rate of increase of future compensation levels, and an expected long-term rate of return on the respective Plans’ assets.

 

The discount rate used by the Company for valuing pension liabilities is based on a review of high quality corporate bond yields with maturities approximating the remaining life of the projected benefit obligations.  The weighted average discount rate for the U.S. Plans on this basis was 3.93% and 4.11% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The decrease in the discount rate for the U.S. Plans resulted in an increase in the benefit obligation of approximately $10.7 at December 31, 2016.  The weighted average discount rate for the International Plans was 2.28% and 3.14% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The decrease in the discount rate for the International Plans did not have a material impact on the benefit obligation at December 31, 2016.  At December 31, 2015, the Company elected to further refine its approach for calculating its service and interest costs beginning in 2016 by applying a split discount rate approach under which specific spot rates along the selected yield curve are applied to the relevant projected cash flows as the Company believes this method more precisely measures its obligations.  The mortality assumptions used by the Company reflect commonly used mortality tables and improvement scales for each plan and increased life expectancies for plan participants.

 

In developing the expected long-term rate of return assumption for the U.S. Plans, the Company evaluated input from its external actuaries and investment consultants as well as consideration of long-term inflation assumptions. Projected returns by such consultants are based on broad equity and bond indices.  The Company also considered its historical twenty-year compounded return of approximately 8.5%, which has been in excess of these broad equity and bond benchmark indices. The expected long-term rate of return on the U.S. Plans’ assets is based on an asset allocation assumption of approximately 60% with equity managers (with an expected long-term rate of return of approximately 8.5%) and 40% with fixed income managers (with an expected long-term rate of return of approximately 6.0%).  The Company believes that the long-term asset allocation on average will approximate 60% with equity managers and 40% with fixed income managers. The Company regularly reviews the actual asset allocation and periodically rebalances investments to its targeted allocation when considered appropriate. Based on this methodology, the Company’s expected long-term rate of return assumption to determine the net periodic benefit cost of the U.S. Plans for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 7.75% and 8.00%, respectively.  The Company's expected weighted average long-term rate of return assumption to determine the net periodic benefit cost of the International Plans for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 4.29% and 5.47%, respectively.

 

The Company made cash contributions to the Plans of $26.2, $24.1 and $23.8 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The total liability for accrued pension and postretirement benefit obligations under the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans increased in 2016 to $290.9 ($4.0 of which is included in other accrued expenses primarily representing required contributions to be made during 2017 for unfunded foreign plans) from $266.0 in 2015 primarily due to a decrease in the discount rate. The Company estimates that, based on current actuarial calculations, it will make aggregate cash contributions to the Plans in 2017 of approximately $25.0, the majority of which will be to the U.S. Plans.  The timing and amount of cash contributions in subsequent years will depend on a number of factors including the investment performance of the Plans’ assets.

 

The Company offers various defined contribution plans for certain U.S. and foreign employees. Participation in these plans is based on certain eligibility requirements.  The Company matches the majority of employee contributions to the U.S. defined contribution plans with cash contributions up to a maximum of 5% of eligible compensation.  The Company provided matching contributions to its U.S. defined contribution plans of approximately $5.0, $4.2 and $3.8 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

30


 

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Estimates are adjusted as new information becomes available.  The Company’s critical accounting policies and estimates are set forth below. The significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 of the Notes to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Revenue Recognition - The Company’s primary source of revenues is from product sales to its customers.  Revenue from sales of the Company’s products is recognized at the time the goods are delivered, title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership pass to the customer, provided the earning process is complete and revenue is measurable.  Such recognition generally occurs when the products reach the shipping point, the sales price is fixed and determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. Delivery is determined by the Company’s shipping terms, which are primarily freight on board shipping point.  Revenue is recorded at the net amount to be received after deductions for estimated discounts, allowances and returns.  These estimates and reserves are determined and adjusted as needed based upon historical experience, contract terms and other related factors.  The shipping costs for the majority of the Company’s sales are paid directly by the Company’s customers.  In the broadband communications market (approximately 6% of net sales in 2016), the Company pays for shipping costs to the majority of its customers. Shipping costs are also paid by the Company for certain customers in the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment.  Amounts billed to customers related to shipping costs are immaterial and are included in net sales.  Shipping costs incurred to transport products to the customer which are not reimbursed are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates average cost, or market. Provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory are made based on historical experience and product demand. Should future product demand change, existing inventory could become slow-moving or obsolete, and provisions would be increased accordingly.

 

Depreciable Assets - Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. The appropriateness and the recoverability of the carrying value of such assets are periodically reviewed taking into consideration current and expected business conditions.  The Company has not recorded any significant impairments.

 

Goodwill - The Company performs its evaluation for the impairment of goodwill for the Company’s two reporting units on an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that a reporting unit’s carrying amount may be impaired.  The Company has defined its reporting units as the two reportable business segments “Interconnect Products and Assemblies” and “Cable Products and Solutions”, as the components of these reportable business segments have similar economic characteristics.  In 2015, the Company changed its annual assessment date for goodwill impairment to be as of July 1, rather than June 30, which had no impact on the outcome of the assessment.

 

In 2016, the Company utilized the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it was necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment assessment.  As part of this assessment, the Company reviews qualitative factors, which include but are not limited to, economic, market and industry conditions, as well as the financial performance of each reporting unit.  In accordance with applicable guidance, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit if, after assessing these qualitative factors, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that its reporting unit’s carrying value is less than its fair value.  As of July 1, 2016, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting units was greater than their carrying amounts.

 

In 2015, the Company exercised its option to bypass the qualitative assessment and performed the first step of the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment assessment for each reportable business segment.  As part of the quantitative assessment, the Company estimated the fair value of each of its reportable business segments using a market approach.  The Company believed this approach provided the best indicator of fair value, by utilizing market prices and other relevant metrics for comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics and recent transactions of similar businesses within the industry.  Significant estimates and assumptions were used in the Company’s goodwill impairment assessment including revenue and profitability projections, determination of appropriate publicly traded market comparison companies, and comparable revenue and earnings multiples derived from

31


 

Table of Contents

comparable publicly traded companies and from recent acquisitions within our industry.  As part of our quantitative approach, the Company evaluated whether it was reasonably likely that changes to management’s estimates and assumptions would have a material impact on the results of the goodwill impairment assessment.  As of July 1, 2015, we determined that the fair value of each of the Company’s reportable business segments was substantially in excess of their respective carrying amounts, and therefore, no goodwill impairment resulted from the assessment.

 

The Company has not recognized any goodwill impairment in 2016, 2015 or 2014 in connection with its annual impairment assessment.

 

Acquisitions - The Company accounts for acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date.  The purchase price of acquisitions is allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimated fair values, and any excess purchase price over the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill.  Any subsequent adjustments to the purchase price allocation prior to the completion of the measurement period will be reflected as an adjustment to goodwill in the period in which the adjustments are identified.  The Company may use independent valuation specialists to assist in determining the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which could require certain significant management assumptions and estimates.

 

Defined Benefit Plan Obligation - The defined benefit plan obligation is based on significant assumptions such as mortality rates, discount rates and plan asset rates of return as determined by the Company in consultation with the respective benefit plan actuaries and investment advisors.  Refer to Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Income Taxes  - Deferred income taxes are provided for revenue and expenses which are recognized in different periods for income tax and financial statement reporting purposes.  At December 31, 2016, the cumulative amount of undistributed earnings of foreign affiliated companies was approximately $4,182.5.  Deferred income taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of foreign affiliated companies as it is the Company’s intention to reinvest these earnings permanently outside the U.S.  It is not practicable to estimate the amount of tax that might be payable if undistributed earnings were to be repatriated as there is a significant amount of uncertainty with respect to the tax impact of the remittance of these earnings due to the fact that dividends received from numerous foreign subsidiaries may generate additional foreign tax credits, which could ultimately reduce the U.S. tax cost of the dividend.  These uncertainties are further complicated by the significant number of foreign tax jurisdictions and entities involved.  Deferred tax assets are regularly assessed for recoverability based on both historical and anticipated earnings levels and a valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that these amounts will not be recovered. The tax effects of an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns are recognized only if it is “more likely than not” to be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on its technical merits as of the reporting date.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  The Company includes estimated interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.

 

32


 

Table of Contents

Disclosures about contractual obligations and commitments

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s known obligations to make future payments pursuant to certain contracts as of December 31, 2016, as well as an estimate of the timing in which such obligations are expected to be satisfied.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment Due By Period

 

Contractual Obligations

    

 

 

    

Less than

    

1-3

    

3-5

    

More than

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Total

 

1 year

 

years

 

years

 

5 years

 

Debt (1)

 

$

3,023.0

 

$

375.7

 

$

750.1

 

$

1,396.9

 

$

500.3

 

Interest related to senior notes

 

 

224.3

 

 

56.7

 

 

84.2

 

 

63.4

 

 

20.0

 

Operating leases

 

 

129.2

 

 

42.4

 

 

53.9

 

 

20.5

 

 

12.4

 

Purchase obligations   (2)

 

 

255.5

 

 

219.9

 

 

35.0

 

 

0.6

 

 

 —

 

Accrued pension and postretirement benefit obligations (3)

 

 

59.7

 

 

7.9

 

 

12.0

 

 

12.2

 

 

27.6

 

Total (4)

 

$

3,691.7

 

$

702.6

 

$

935.2

 

$

1,493.6

 

$

560.3

 


(1)

The Company has excluded expected interest payments on the Revolving Credit Facility and Commercial Paper Program from the above table, as this calculation is largely dependent on average debt levels the Company expects to have during each of the years presented.  The actual interest payments made related to the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility and Commercial Paper Program, combined, in 2016 were $10.1.  Expected debt levels, and therefore expected interest payments, are difficult to predict, as they are significantly impacted by such items as future acquisitions, repurchases of treasury stock, dividend payments as well as payments or additional borrowings made to reduce or increase the underlying revolver balance.

 

(2)

Purchase obligations relate primarily to open purchase orders for goods and services, including raw materials and components to be used in production.

 

(3)

Included in this table are estimated benefit payments expected to be made under the Company’s underfunded pension and postretirement benefit plans. The Company also maintains several funded pension and postretirement benefit plans, the most significant of which covers its U.S. employees. Over the past several years, there has been no minimum requirement for Company contributions to the U.S. Plans due to prior contributions made in excess of minimum requirements and as a result, there was no anticipated minimum required contribution included in the table above related to the U.S. Plans for 2017.  However, the Company did make a voluntary contribution to the U.S. Plans of approximately $15.0 in 2016 and anticipates making a similar voluntary contribution in 2017.  It is not possible to reasonably estimate expected required contributions in the above table after 2017 since several assumptions are required to calculate minimum required contributions, such as the discount rate and expected returns on pension assets.

 

(4)

As of December 31, 2016, the Company has recorded liabilities of approximately $138.7 related to unrecognized tax benefits.  These liabilities have been excluded from the above table due to the high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of potential future cash flows; it is difficult to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the amount and period in which all of these liabilities might be paid .

 

33


 

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

The Company, in the normal course of doing business, is exposed to a variety of risks, including market risks associated with foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates.  The Company does not have any significant concentration with any one counterparty.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

 

The Company conducts business in many international currencies through its worldwide operations, and as a result is subject to foreign exchange exposure due to changes in exchange rates of the various currencies. Changes in exchange rates can positively or negatively affect the Company’s sales, gross margins and equity. The Company attempts to manage currency exposure risk in a number of ways including producing its products in the same country or region in which the products are sold (thereby generating revenues and incurring expenses in the same currency), cost reduction and pricing actions, and working capital management.  However, there can be no assurance that these actions will be fully effective in managing currency risk, especially in the event of a significant and sudden decline in the value of any of the international currencies of the Company’s worldwide operations.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had four forward contracts of varying amounts that effectively fixed Euro, Great Britain Pound and Korean Won intercompany debt obligations into fixed Hong Kong dollar denominated obligations expiring at various times through 2017 concurrent with the underlying intercompany loans.  The fair value of the contracts at December 31, 2016 resulted in a net asset of $8.4. A 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates would not have a material effect on the value of the hedges as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company does not engage in purchasing forward contracts for trading or speculative purposes.

 

Refer to Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of derivative financial instruments.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

The Company is subject to market risk from exposure to changes in interest rates based on the Company’s financing activities.  The Company manages its exposure to interest rate risk through a mix of fixed and variable rate debt.  In 2014, the Company issued $750.0 principal amount of unsecured 2.55% senior notes due January 2019, $375.0 principal amount of unsecured 1.55% senior notes due September 2017 and $375.0 principal amount of unsecured 3.125% senior notes due September 2021.  The Company used all of the net proceeds to repay the outstanding $600.0 million 4.75% senior notes that were due in November 2014 and to repay amounts outstanding under its Revolving Credit Facility and credit facilities.

 

Any borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility either bear interest at or trade at rates that fluctuate with a spread over LIBOR and any borrowings under the Commercial Paper Program are subject to floating interest rates.  Therefore, when the Company borrows under these debt instruments, the Company is exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates.  As of December 31, 2016, $1,024.4, or 34%, of the Company’s outstanding borrowings related mainly to its Commercial Paper Program, were subject to floating interest rates.  At December 31, 2016, the Company’s average floating rate on such borrowings was 1.06%.  A 10% change in this interest rate at December 31, 2016 and 2015 would not have a material effect on interest expense.  The Company does not expect changes in interest rates to have a material effect on income or cash flows in 2017, although there can be no assurances that interest rates will not change significantly.

34


 

Table of Contents

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Amphenol Corporation

Wallingford, Connecticut

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Amphenol Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flow for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Amphenol Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Hartford, Connecticut

February 17, 2017

35


 

Table of Contents

 

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Net sales

 

$

6,286.4

 

$

5,568.7

 

$

5,345.5

 

Cost of sales

 

 

4,246.4

 

 

3,789.2

 

 

3,651.7

 

Gross profit

 

 

2,040.0

 

 

1,779.5

 

 

1,693.8

 

Acquisition-related expenses

 

 

36.6

 

 

5.7

 

 

14.1

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

798.2

 

 

669.1

 

 

645.1

 

Operating income

 

 

1,205.2

 

 

1,104.7

 

 

1,034.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(72.6)

 

 

(68.3)

 

 

(80.4)

 

Other income, net

 

 

8.5

 

 

16.4

 

 

18.3

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

1,141.1

 

 

1,052.8

 

 

972.5

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(308.5)

 

 

(280.5)

 

 

(257.3)

 

Net income

 

 

832.6

 

 

772.3

 

 

715.2

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(9.7)

 

 

(8.8)

 

 

(6.1)

 

Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation

 

$

822.9

 

$

763.5

 

$

709.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share — Basic

 

$

2.67

 

$

2.47

 

$

2.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding — Basic

 

 

308.3

 

 

309.1

 

 

313.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share — Diluted

 

$

2.61

 

$

2.41

 

$

2.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding — Diluted

 

 

315.2

 

 

316.5

 

 

320.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.58

 

$

0.53

 

$

0.45

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

36


 

Table of Contents

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

832.6

 

$

772.3

 

$

715.2

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

(110.7)

 

 

(152.7)

 

 

(80.9)

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges

 

 

1.6

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

(1.2)

 

Defined benefit plan adjustment

 

 

(12.5)

 

 

8.2

 

 

(69.2)

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

(121.6)

 

 

(144.9)

 

 

(151.3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

 

711.0

 

 

627.4

 

 

563.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(7.6)

 

 

(7.6)

 

 

(5.6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Amphenol Corporation

 

$

703.4

 

$

619.8

 

$

558.3

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

37


 

Table of Contents

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,034.6

 

$

1,737.2

 

Short-term investments

 

 

138.6

 

 

23.2

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

 

 

1,173.2

 

 

1,760.4

 

Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $23.6 and $25.6, respectively

 

 

1,349.3

 

 

1,104.6

 

Inventories:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raw materials and supplies

 

 

319.8

 

 

282.4

 

Work in process

 

 

313.4

 

 

290.5

 

Finished goods

 

 

295.7

 

 

278.9

 

 

 

 

928.9

 

 

851.8

 

Other current assets

 

 

139.8

 

 

133.2

 

Total current assets

 

 

3,591.2

 

 

3,850.0

 

Land and depreciable assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

 

28.1

 

 

25.9

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

281.7

 

 

254.9

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

1,408.8

 

 

1,229.6

 

 

 

 

1,718.6

 

 

1,510.4

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(1,007.2)

 

 

(900.9)

 

 

 

 

711.4

 

 

609.5

 

Goodwill

 

 

3,678.8

 

 

2,692.9

 

Intangibles, net and other long-term assets

 

 

517.3

 

 

306.0

 

 

 

$

8,498.7

 

$

7,458.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities & Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

678.2

 

$

587.8

 

Accrued salaries, wages and employee benefits

 

 

131.8

 

 

105.6

 

Accrued income taxes

 

 

125.1

 

 

81.8

 

Accrued dividends

 

 

49.3

 

 

43.2

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

275.6

 

 

189.7

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

375.2

 

 

0.3

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

1,635.2

 

 

1,008.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

2,635.5

 

 

2,813.2

 

Accrued pension and postretirement benefit obligations

 

 

288.4

 

 

262.5

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

216.5

 

 

95.9

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock, $.001 par value; 1,000.0 shares authorized; 308.3 and 308.0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.3

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

1,020.9

 

 

783.3

 

Retained earnings

 

 

3,122.7

 

 

2,804.4

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(469.0)

 

 

(349.5)

 

Total shareholders’ equity attributable to Amphenol Corporation

 

 

3,674.9

 

 

3,238.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

48.2

 

 

39.9

 

Total equity

 

 

3,723.1

 

 

3,278.4

 

 

 

$

8,498.7

 

$

7,458.4

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

38


 

Table of Contents

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

(dollars and shares in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Paid in

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Treasury

 

Noncontrolling

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Earnings

    

Loss

    

Stock

    

Interests

    

Equity

 

Balance January 1, 2014

 

316

 

$

0.3

 

$

489.8

 

$

2,424.4

 

$

(55.0)

 

$

 —

 

$

20.6

 

$

2,880.1

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

709.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

715.2

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(150.8)

 

 

 

 

 

(0.5)

 

 

(151.3)

 

Acquisitions resulting in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

7.9

 

Distributions to shareholders of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3.6)

 

 

(3.6)

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(539.4)

 

 

 

 

 

(539.4)

 

Retirement of treasury stock

 

(11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(539.4)

 

 

 

 

 

539.4

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Stock options exercised, including tax benefit

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

128.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128.2

 

Dividends declared ($0.45 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(140.6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(140.6)

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41.4

 

Balance December 31, 2014

    

310

    

 

0.3

    

 

659.4

    

 

2,453.5

    

 

(205.8)

    

 

 —

    

 

30.5

    

 

2,937.9

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

763.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.8

 

 

772.3

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(143.7)

 

 

 

 

 

(1.2)

 

 

(144.9)

 

Acquisitions resulting in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

7.9

 

Distributions to shareholders of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6.1)

 

 

(6.1)

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(248.9)

 

 

 

 

 

(248.9)

 

Retirement of treasury stock

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(248.9)

 

 

 

 

 

248.9

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Stock options exercised, including tax benefit

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

79.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79.7

 

Dividends declared ($0.53   per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(163.7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(163.7)

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44.2

 

Balance December 31, 2015

 

308

 

 

0.3

 

 

783.3

 

 

2,804.4

 

 

(349.5)

 

 

 —

 

 

39.9

 

 

3,278.4

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

822.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.7

 

 

832.6

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(119.5)

 

 

 

 

 

(2.1)

 

 

(121.6)

 

Acquisitions resulting in noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.5

 

 

7.5

 

Distributions to shareholders of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6.8)

 

 

(6.8)

 

Purchase of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(325.8)

 

 

 

 

 

(325.8)

 

Retirement of treasury stock

 

(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(325.8)

 

 

 

 

 

325.8

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Stock options exercised, including tax benefit

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

190.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

190.0

 

Dividends declared ($0.58 per common share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(178.8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(178.8)

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47.6

 

Balance December 31, 2016

 

308

 

$

0.3

 

$

1,020.9

 

$

3,122.7

 

$

(469.0)

 

$

 —

 

$

48.2

 

$

3,723.1

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

39


 

Table of Contents

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow

(dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Cash from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

832.6

 

$

772.3

 

$

715.2

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

217.0

 

 

171.6

 

 

168.1

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

47.6

 

 

44.2

 

 

41.4

 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation payment arrangements

 

 

(44.4)

 

 

(16.2)

 

 

(32.3)

 

Net change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(165.9)

 

 

(22.3)

 

 

(111.5)

 

Inventories

 

 

(14.2)

 

 

(5.2)

 

 

(51.6)

 

Other current assets

 

 

29.9

 

 

47.7

 

 

(10.0)

 

Accounts payable

 

 

47.8

 

 

(17.5)

 

 

66.8

 

Accrued income taxes

 

 

91.7

 

 

16.5

 

 

38.1

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

 

61.9

 

 

27.7

 

 

49.2

 

Accrued pension and postretirement benefits

 

 

2.5

 

 

8.7

 

 

(1.5)

 

Other long-term assets and liabilities

 

 

(28.2)

 

 

4.3

 

 

8.8

 

Other

 

 

(0.7)

 

 

(1.3)

 

 

0.2

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

1,077.6

 

 

1,030.5

 

 

880.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of land and depreciable assets

 

 

(190.8)

 

 

(172.1)

 

 

(209.1)

 

Proceeds from disposals of land and depreciable assets

 

 

7.1

 

 

8.7

 

 

5.6

 

Purchases of short-term investments

 

 

(232.4)

 

 

(134.7)

 

 

(721.0)

 

Sales and maturities of short-term investments

 

 

108.5

 

 

470.6

 

 

660.8

 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

(1,305.1)

 

 

(199.8)

 

 

(518.2)

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(1,612.7)

 

 

(27.3)

 

 

(781.9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of senior notes

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,498.1

 

Long-term borrowings under credit facilities

 

 

 —

 

 

132.6

 

 

806.5

 

Repayments of long-term debt

 

 

 —

 

 

(217.7)

 

 

(2,350.0)

 

Borrowings under commercial paper program, net

 

 

183.2

 

 

238.7

 

 

585.4

 

Payment of costs related to debt financing

 

 

(3.0)

 

 

 —

 

 

(11.1)

 

Purchase and retirement of treasury stock

 

 

(325.8)

 

 

(248.9)

 

 

(539.4)

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

147.2

 

 

64.4

 

 

97.8

 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation payment arrangements

 

 

44.4

 

 

16.2

 

 

32.3

 

Distributions to and purchases of noncontrolling interests

 

 

(6.8)

 

 

(6.1)

 

 

(3.6)

 

Dividend payments

 

 

(172.7)

 

 

(159.3)

 

 

(101.9)

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

 

(133.5)

 

 

(180.1)

 

 

14.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(34.0)

 

 

(54.8)

 

 

(31.0)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(702.6)

 

 

768.3

 

 

82.1

 

Cash and cash equivalents balance, beginning of year

 

 

1,737.2

 

 

968.9

 

 

886.8

 

Cash and cash equivalents balance, end of year

 

$

1,034.6

 

$

1,737.2

 

$

968.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

68.5

 

$

64.1

 

$

67.4

 

Income taxes

 

 

246.8

 

 

250.7

 

 

209.6

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

40


 

Table of Contents

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

All dollar amounts included in the following Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in millions, except per share data, unless otherwise noted.

 

 

Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Business

 

Amphenol Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, “Amphenol” or the “Company”) is one of the world’s largest designers, manufacturers and marketers of electrical, electronic and fiber optic connectors, interconnect systems, antennas, sensors and sensor-based products and coaxial and high-speed specialty cable.  The Company sells its products to customer locations worldwide.

 

The Company operates through two reportable business segments:

 

·

Interconnect Products and Assemblies – The Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment primarily designs, manufactures and markets a broad range of connector and connector systems, value-add products and other products, including antennas and sensors, used in a broad range of applications in a diverse set of end markets. 

 

·

Cable Products and Solutions – The Cable Products and Solutions segment primarily designs, manufactures and markets cable, value-added products and components for use primarily in the broadband communications and information technology markets as well as certain applications in other markets.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  The Company’s management evaluates these significant estimates and assumptions including those related to the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities, stock-based compensation, pension obligations, derivative instruments, income taxes, inventories, goodwill, intangibles and other matters that affect the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. All normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been included.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in U.S. dollars and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The results of companies acquired are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the effective date of acquisition.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and liquid investments with an original maturity of less than three months. The carrying amounts approximate fair values of those instruments, the majority of which are in non-U.S. bank accounts.

 

Short-term Investments

 

Short-term investments consist primarily of certificates of deposit with original maturities of twelve months or less.  The carrying amounts approximate fair values of those instruments, the majority of which are in non-U.S. bank accounts.

 

41


 

Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable is stated at net realizable value.  The Company regularly reviews accounts receivable balances and adjusts the receivable reserves as necessary whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost, which approximates average cost, or market. The principal components of cost included in inventories are materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead. The Company regularly reviews inventory quantities on hand and evaluates the realizability of inventories and adjusts the carrying value as necessary based on forecasted product demand.

 

Depreciable Assets

 

Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the respective asset lives determined on a composite basis by asset group or on a specific item basis using the estimated useful lives of such assets, which range from 3 to 12 years for machinery and equipment and 20 to 40 years for buildings. Leasehold building improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life. The Company periodically reviews fixed asset lives.  Depreciation expense is included in both Cost of sales and Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income based on the specific categorization and use of the underlying asset being depreciated. The Company assesses the impairment of property and equipment subject to depreciation, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors the Company considers important, which could trigger an impairment review, include significant changes in the manner of the use of the asset, significant changes in historical trends in operating performance, significant changes in projected operating performance, and significant negative economic trends. There have been no significant impairments recorded as a result of such reviews during any of the periods presented.

 

Goodwill

 

The Company performs its evaluation for the impairment of goodwill for the Company’s two reporting units on an annual basis or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate that a reporting unit’s carrying amount may be impaired.  The Company has defined its reporting units as the two reportable business segments “Interconnect Products and Assemblies” and “Cable Products and Solutions”, as the components of these reportable business segments have similar economic characteristics.  In 2015, the Company changed its annual assessment date for goodwill impairment to be as of July 1, rather than June 30, which had no impact on the outcome of the assessment.

 

In 2016, the Company utilized the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it was necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment assessment.  As part of this assessment, the Company reviews qualitative factors, which include but are not limited to, economic, market and industry conditions, as well as the financial performance of each reporting unit.  In accordance with applicable guidance, an entity is not required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit if, after assessing these qualitative factors, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that its reporting unit’s carrying value is less than its fair value.  As of July 1, 2016, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting units was greater than their carrying amounts.

 

In 2015, the Company exercised its option to bypass the qualitative assessment, and in the third quarter of 2015, the Company performed the first step of the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment assessment for each reportable business segment.  As part of the quantitative assessment, the Company estimated the fair value of each of its reportable business segments using a market approach.  The Company believes this approach provides the best indicator of fair value, by utilizing market prices and other relevant metrics for comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics and recent transactions of similar businesses within the industry.  Significant estimates and assumptions were used in the Company’s goodwill impairment assessment including revenue and profitability projections, determination of appropriate publicly traded market comparison companies, and comparable revenue and earnings multiples derived from comparable publicly traded companies and from recent acquisitions within our industry.  As part of our quantitative approach, the Company evaluated whether it was reasonably likely that changes to management’s estimates and assumptions would have a material impact on the results of the goodwill impairment

42


 

Table of Contents

assessment.  As of July 1, 2015, we determined that the fair value of each of the Company’s reportable business segments was substantially in excess of their respective carrying amounts, and therefore, no goodwill impairment resulted from the assessment. 

 

The Company has not recognized any goodwill impairment in 2016, 2015 or 2014 in connection with its annual impairment assessment.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets are included in Intangibles, net and other long-term assets and consist primarily of proprietary technology, customer relationships and license agreements and are generally amortized over the estimated periods of benefit. The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets, other than goodwill, including identifiable intangible assets subject to amortization, whenever significant events or significant changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Factors the Company considers important, which could trigger an impairment review, include significant changes in the manner of the use of the asset, changes in historical trends in operating performance, significant changes in projected operating performance, anticipated future cash flows and significant negative economic trends. Indefinite-lived intangible assets that are not subject to amortization are reviewed at least annually for impairment.  There have been no impairments recorded in 2016, 2015 or 2014 as a result of such reviews.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company’s primary source of revenues is from product sales to its customers. Revenue from sales of the Company’s products is recognized at the time the goods are delivered, title passes, and the risks and rewards of ownership pass to the customer, provided the earning process is complete and revenue is measurable.  Such recognition generally occurs when the products reach the shipping point, the sales price is fixed and determinable, and collection is reasonably assured.  Delivery is determined by the Company’s shipping terms, which are primarily freight on board (“FOB”) shipping point. Revenue is recorded at the net amount to be received after deductions for estimated discounts, allowances and returns. These estimates and related reserves are determined and adjusted as needed based upon historical experience, contract terms and other related factors.

 

The shipping costs for the majority of the Company’s sales are paid directly by the Company’s customers.  In the broadband communications market (approximately 6% of net sales in 2016), the Company pays for shipping costs to the majority of its customers.  Shipping costs are also paid by the Company for certain customers in the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment.  Amounts billed to customers related to shipping costs are immaterial and are included in Net sales.  Shipping costs incurred to transport products to the customer which are not reimbursed are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Retirement Pension Plans

 

Costs for retirement pension plans include current service costs and amortization of prior service costs over the average working life expectancy. It is the Company’s policy to fund current pension costs taking into consideration minimum funding requirements and maximum tax deductible limitations. The expense of retiree medical benefit programs is recognized during the employees’ service with the Company.  The recognition of expense for retirement pension plans and medical benefit programs is significantly impacted by estimates made by management such as discount rates used to value certain liabilities, expected return on assets, mortality projections and future health care costs.  The Company uses third-party specialists to assist management in appropriately measuring the expense and obligations associated with pension and other postretirement plan benefits.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for its stock option and restricted share awards based on the fair value of the award at the date of grant and recognizes compensation expense over the service period that the awards are expected to vest.  The Company recognizes expense for stock-based compensation with graded vesting on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the entire award.  Stock-based compensation expense includes the estimated effects of forfeitures, which are adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent actual forfeitures differ or are expected to differ from such estimates.  Changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized in the period of change and impact the amount of expense to be recognized in future periods. 

43


 

Table of Contents

 

The fair value of stock options has been estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

 

2015

    

 

2014

 

 

Risk free interest rate

 

1.3

%  

 

1.4

%  

 

1.6

%  

 

Expected life

 

4.6

years

 

4.6

years

 

4.6

years

 

Expected volatility

 

15.0

%  

 

17.0

%  

 

21.0

%  

 

Expected dividend yield

 

1.0

%  

 

1.0

%  

 

1.0

%  

 

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred income taxes are provided for revenue and expenses which are recognized in different periods for income tax and financial statement reporting purposes.  At December 31, 2016, the cumulative amount of undistributed earnings of foreign affiliated companies was approximately $4,182.5.  Deferred income taxes are not provided on undistributed earnings of foreign affiliated companies as it is the Company’s intention to reinvest these earnings permanently outside the U.S.  It is not practicable to estimate the amount of tax that might be payable if undistributed earnings were to be repatriated as there is a significant amount of uncertainty with respect to the tax impact of the remittance of these earnings due to the fact that dividends received from numerous foreign subsidiaries may generate additional foreign tax credits, which could ultimately reduce the U.S. tax cost of the dividend.  These uncertainties are further complicated by the significant number of foreign tax jurisdictions and entities involved.  Deferred tax assets are regularly assessed for recoverability based on both historical and anticipated earnings levels and a valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that these amounts will not be recovered. The tax effects of an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns are recognized only if it is “more likely than not” to be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on its technical merits as of the reporting date.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  The Company includes estimated interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The financial position and results of operations of the Company’s significant foreign subsidiaries are measured using local currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of such subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates and related revenues and expenses have been translated at weighted average exchange rates. The aggregate effect of translation adjustments is included as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within equity.

 

Transaction gains and losses related to operating assets and liabilities are included in Cost of sales.

 

Research and Development

 

Costs incurred in connection with the development of new products and applications are expensed as incurred.  Research and development expenses for the creation of new and improved products and processes were $166.1, $124.7 and $114.8, for the years 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

Acquisitions

 

The Company accounts for acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date.   The purchase price of acquisitions is allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimated fair values, and any excess purchase price over the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill.  Any subsequent adjustments to the purchase price allocation prior to the completion of the measurement period will be reflected as an adjustment to goodwill in the period in which the adjustments are identified.  The Company may use independent valuation specialists to assist in determining the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, which could require certain significant management assumptions and estimates.

 

44


 

Table of Contents

Environmental Obligations

 

The Company recognizes the potential cost for environmental remediation activities when site assessments are made, remediation efforts are probable and related amounts can be reasonably estimated; potential insurance reimbursements are not recorded. The Company assesses its environmental liabilities as necessary and appropriate through regular reviews of contractual commitments, site assessments, feasibility studies and formal remedial design and action plans.

 

Net Income per Common Share

 

Basic income per common share is based on the net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation for the year divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted income per common share assumes the exercise of outstanding dilutive stock options using the treasury stock method.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

Derivative financial instruments, which are periodically used by the Company in the management of its interest rate and foreign currency exposures, are accounted for as cash flow hedges.  Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges resulting from changes in fair value are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), and subsequently reflected in Cost of sales in the Consolidated Statements of Income in a manner that matches the timing of the actual income or expense of such instruments with the hedged transaction. Any ineffective portion of the change in the fair value of designated hedging instruments is included in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”), which stipulates that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for such goods or services.  To achieve this core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract(s); (3) determine the transaction price(s); (4) allocate the transaction price(s) to the performance obligations in the contract(s); and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The guidance also requires advanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with customers.  In August 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606):  Deferral of the Effective Date (“ASU 2015-14”), which defers the effective date of FASB’s revenue standard under ASU 2014-09 by one year for all entities and permits early adoption on a limited basis.  As a result of ASU 2015-14, the guidance under ASU 2014-09 shall apply for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that period.  Early adoption is permitted as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within those annual periods.  In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) , which clarified the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations.  In April 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing , which clarified the implementation guidance regarding performance obligations and licensing arrangements.  As permitted under the standard, the Company plans to adopt ASU 2014-09 in the first quarter of 2018 using the modified retrospective approach and recognize the cumulative effect to existing contracts in opening retained earnings on the effective date.  The Company is currently reviewing and evaluating this guidance and its impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-07, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent) (Issue 14-B) (“ASU 2015-07”), which removes the requirement that investments measured using the practical expedient to measure fair value at net asset value be included in the fair value hierarchy.  Rather, an entity shall provide a reconciliation between the total fair value of investments included in the fair value hierarchy and such amounts presented on the balance sheet, including disclosures for such investments of which the net asset value practical expedient has been elected and used to determine fair value.  ASU 2015-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years and should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented.  The

45


 

Table of Contents

Company adopted ASU 2015-07, and as a result, the Company’s impacted investments within its pension plan assets have been removed, retrospectively, from the fair value hierarchy, as discussed in Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  The adoption of ASU 2015-07 did not have any impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In July 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (“ASU 2015-11”), which requires inventory to be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, thereby simplifying the current guidance of measuring inventory at the lower of cost or market.  ASU 2015-11 is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016.  The Company has evaluated ASU 2015-11 and it will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2016-02”), which amends, among other things, the existing guidance by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets (right-to-use) and liabilities (for reasonably certain lease payments) arising from operating leases on the balance sheet.  For leases with a term of twelve months or less, ASU 2016-02 permits an entity to make an accounting policy election to recognize such leases as lease expense, generally on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018 using a modified retrospective approach, with early adoption permitted.  The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2016-02 and its impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-09 , Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplifies certain provisions associated with the accounting for stock compensation.  Among other things, ASU 2016-09 requires companies to record excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies as income tax benefit or expense in the statement of income and eliminates the requirement to reclassify cash flows related to excess tax benefits from operating activities to financing activities in the statement of cash flows.  ASU 2016-09 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted.  The Company will adopt ASU 2016-09 in the first quarter of 2017 and the impact of its adoption on our consolidated financial statements will be dependent on the timing and intrinsic value of future stock-based compensation award exercises.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-15, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which amends ASC 230 to add and clarify guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments in the statement of cash flows.  ASU 2016-15 was issued with the intent of reducing diversity in practice with respect to certain types of cash flows.  ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted.  The Company has evaluated ASU 2016-15 and does not believe it will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

46


 

Table of Contents

Note 2—Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

    

 

    

Carrying

    

Approximate

    

Carrying

    

Approximate

 

 

 

Maturity

 

Amount

 

Fair Value (1)

 

Amount

 

Fair Value (1)

 

Revolving Credit Facility

 

March 2021

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Commercial Paper Program (less unamortized discount of $0.4 and $0.2 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

 

March 2021

 

 

1,018.9

 

 

1,018.9

 

 

823.9

 

 

823.9

 

4.00% Senior Notes (less unamortized discount of $0.6 and $0.8 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

 

February 2022

 

 

499.4

 

 

523.7

 

 

499.2

 

 

508.6

 

2.55% Senior Notes (less unamortized discount of $0.5 and $0.7 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

 

January 2019

 

 

749.5

 

 

758.3

 

 

749.2

 

 

750.1

 

1.55% Senior Notes (less unamortized discount of $0.1 and $0.2 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

 

September 2017

 

 

374.9

 

 

375.4

 

 

374.8

 

 

373.2

 

3.125% Senior Notes (less unamortized discount of $0.2 and $0.3 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

 

September 2021

 

 

374.8

 

 

380.4

 

 

374.7

 

 

367.7

 

Notes payable to foreign banks and other debt

 

2017-2022

 

 

5.5

 

 

5.5

 

 

5.0

 

 

5.0

 

Less deferred debt issuance costs

 

 

 

 

(12.3)

 

 

 —

 

 

(13.3)

 

 

 —

 

Total debt

 

 

 

 

3,010.7

 

 

3,062.2

 

 

2,813.5

 

 

2,828.5

 

Less current portion

 

 

 

 

375.2

 

 

375.7

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.3

 

Total long-term debt

 

 

 

$

2,635.5

 

$

2,686.5

 

$

2,813.2

 

$

2,828.2

 


(1)

The fair value of the Company’s Senior Notes is based on recent bid prices in an active market, and therefore is classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy (Note 3).

 

Credit Facility

 

On March 1, 2016, the Company replaced its $1,500.0 unsecured credit facility with a new $2,000.0 unsecured credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”).  The Revolving Credit Facility, which matures March 2021, increases the aggregate commitments by $500.0 and gives the Company the ability to borrow at a spread over LIBOR. The Company intends to utilize the Revolving Credit Facility for general corporate purposes.  The carrying value of the borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility approximated their fair value due primarily to their market interest rates and are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy (Note 3).  At December 31, 2016, there were no borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility requires payment of certain annual agency and commitment fees and requires that the Company satisfy certain financial covenants.

 

Commercial Paper

 

In September 2014, the Company entered into a commercial paper program (the “Program”) pursuant to which the Company issues short-term unsecured commercial paper notes (“Commercial Paper”) in one or more private placements. Amounts available under the Program are borrowed, repaid and re-borrowed from time to time.  The maturities of the Commercial Paper vary, but may not exceed 397 days from the date of issue.  The Commercial Paper is sold under customary terms in the commercial paper market and may be issued at a discount from par, or, alternatively, may be sold at par, and bears varying interest rates on a fixed or floating basis.  The Program is rated A-2 by Standard & Poor’s and P-2 by Moody’s and is backstopped by the Revolving Credit Facility.  Effective April 1, 2016, the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Commercial Paper outstanding under the Program at any time was increased by $500.0 from $1,500.0 to $2,000.0.  The Commercial Paper is classified as long-term debt in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets since the Company has the intent and ability to refinance the Commercial Paper on a long-term basis using the Revolving Credit Facility.  The carrying value of Commercial Paper borrowings approximated their fair value given that the Commercial Paper is actively traded.  As such, the Commercial Paper is classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy (Note 3).  The average interest rate on the Commercial Paper as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was 1.06% and 0.88%, respectively.  

47


 

Table of Contents

 

Senior Notes

 

The senior notes are unsecured and rank equally in right of payment with the Company’s other unsecured senior indebtedness. Interest on each series of the Senior Notes is payable semiannually. The Company may, at its option, redeem some or all of any series of Senior Notes at any time by paying 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, and if redeemed prior to the date of maturity, a make-whole premium.  The 1.55% Senior Notes are due in September 2017 and are therefore recorded, net of the related unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, within Current portion of long-term debt in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016.

 

The maturity of the Company’s debt (exclusive of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2016) over each of the next five years ending December 31 and thereafter, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

    

$

375.7

 

2018

 

 

0.3

 

2019

 

 

749.8

 

2020

 

 

0.1

 

2021

 

 

1,396.8

 

Thereafter

 

 

500.3

 

 

 

$

3,023.0

 

 

The Company has a $20.0 uncommitted standby letter of credit facility of which approximately $12.7 was issued at December 31, 2016.

 

Note 3—Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair value is determined based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. These requirements establish market or observable inputs as the preferred source of values. Assumptions based on hypothetical transactions are used in the absence of market inputs. The Company does not have any non-financial instruments accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

The valuation techniques required are based upon observable and unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs create the following fair value hierarchy:

 

Level 1         Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

 

Level 2         Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.

 

Level 3         Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.

 

48


 

Table of Contents

The Company believes that the assets or liabilities subject to such standards with fair value disclosure requirements are short-term investments and derivative instruments.  Substantially all of the Company’s short-term investments consist of certificates of deposit with original maturities of twelve months or less and as such, are considered as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy as they are traded in active markets which have identical assets.  The carrying amounts of these instruments, the majority of which are in non-U.S. bank accounts, approximate their fair value.  The Company’s derivative instruments represent foreign exchange rate forward contracts, which are valued using bank quotations based on market observable inputs such as forward and spot rates and are therefore classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. The impact of the credit risk related to these financial assets is immaterial.  The fair values of the Company’s financial and non-financial assets and liabilities subject to such standards at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

    

 

 

    

Quoted Prices in

    

Significant

    

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

 

 

 

for Identical

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

2016

 

Total

 

Assets (Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

Short-term investments

 

$

138.6

 

$

138.6

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Forward contracts

 

 

8.4

 

 

 —

 

 

8.4

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

147.0

 

$

138.6

 

$

8.4

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term investments

 

$

23.2

 

$

23.2

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Forward contracts

 

 

3.3

 

 

 —

 

 

3.3

 

 

 —

 

Total

 

$

26.5

 

$

23.2

 

$

3.3

 

$

 —

 

 

The Company does not have any significant financial or non-financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, a gain (loss) of $1.6 and $(0.4), respectively, was recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive loss associated with foreign exchange rate forward contracts. The amount reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive loss to foreign exchange gain (loss) in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income during 2016 and 2015 was not material. The fair values of the forward contracts are recorded within Other current assets, Intangibles, net and other long-term assets, Other accrued expenses or Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on their value and remaining contractual period.

 

Note 4—Income Taxes

 

The components of income before income taxes and the provision for income taxes are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Income before income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

87.7

 

$

134.4

 

$

161.4

 

Foreign

 

 

1,053.4

 

 

918.4

 

 

811.1

 

 

 

$

1,141.1

 

$

1,052.8

 

$

972.5

 

Current tax provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

74.6

 

$

39.5

 

$

63.7

 

Foreign

 

 

263.8

 

 

228.1

 

 

183.1

 

 

 

 

338.4

 

 

267.6

 

 

246.8

 

Deferred tax provision (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

 

(32.3)

 

 

13.3

 

 

(0.7)

 

Foreign

 

 

2.4

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

11.2

 

 

 

 

(29.9)

 

 

12.9

 

 

10.5

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

308.5

 

$

280.5

 

$

257.3

 

 

At December 31, 2016, the Company had $126.4 of foreign tax loss and credit carryforwards, $17.4 of U.S. federal loss and credit carryforwards, and $7.9 of U.S. state tax loss and credit carryforwards net of federal benefit, of which

49


 

Table of Contents

$69.4, $17.4 and $4.0, respectively, will either expire or be refunded at various dates through 2036 and the balance can be carried forward indefinitely.

 

A valuation allowance of $37.2 and $18.5 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, has been recorded which relates to the U.S. federal and state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards and U.S. state tax credits.  The net change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was an increase of $18.7 in 2016, which was related to foreign net operating loss, U.S. federal net operating loss and state credit carryforwards.  The net change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was an increase of $3.0 in 2015, which related to foreign net operating loss and U.S. state credit carryforwards.

 

Differences between the U.S. statutory federal tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate are analyzed below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

 

2015

    

 

2014

 

 

U.S. statutory federal tax rate

 

35.0

%  

 

35.0

%  

 

35.0

%

 

State and local taxes

 

0.1

 

 

0.1

 

 

0.4

 

 

Foreign earnings and dividends taxed at different rates

 

(9.7)

 

 

(8.8)

 

 

(8.3)

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

0.7

 

 

0.3

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

Other

 

0.9

 

 

 —

 

 

(0.2)

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

27.0

%  

 

26.6

%  

 

26.5

%

 

 

The tax rates for each year presented above reflect the effect of acquisition-related expenses incurred during such years.  The effect of acquisition-related expenses had the impact of increasing the Company’s effective tax rate for 2016 and 2015 by 50 basis points and 10 basis points, respectively.  Acquisition-related expenses incurred during 2014 did not have an impact on the effective tax rate for that year.

 

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

    

2016

    

2015

Deferred tax assets relating to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued liabilities and reserves

 

$

36.8

 

$

21.4

Operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

 

 

58.8

 

 

29.4

Pensions, net

 

 

64.7

 

 

63.6

Inventories

 

 

45.3

 

 

29.0

Employee benefits

 

 

43.4

 

 

41.8

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

249.0

 

 

185.2

Valuation allowance

 

 

(37.2)

 

 

(18.5)

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances

 

 

211.8

 

 

166.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities relating to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

185.9

 

 

163.5

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

67.6

 

 

37.4

Contingent consideration

 

 

6.6

 

 

6.6

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

260.1

 

 

207.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

48.3

 

$

40.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification of deferred tax assets and liabilities, as reflected on the balance sheet:

Intangibles, net and other long-term assets

 

$

29.4

 

$

26.0

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

77.7

 

 

66.8

Net deferred tax liability, long-term

 

$

48.3

 

$

40.8

 

50


 

Table of Contents

A tabular reconciliation of the gross amounts of unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest and penalties at the beginning and end of the year for 2016, 2015 and 2014 is shown below.  The gross increases for tax positions in prior periods recorded in 2016 include $78.7 which are related to acquisitions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1

 

$

29.8

 

$

27.7

 

$

24.8

 

Gross increases for tax positions in prior periods

 

 

81.9

 

 

0.3

 

 

2.2

 

Gross increases for tax positions in current period

 

 

7.0

 

 

2.1

 

 

2.6

 

Settlements

 

 

(10.8)

 

 

 —

 

 

(0.5)

 

Lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

(1.7)

 

 

(0.3)

 

 

(1.4)

 

Unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31

 

$

106.2

 

$

29.8

 

$

27.7

 

 

The Company includes estimated interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in the provision for income taxes. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the provision for income taxes included a net expense of $6.5, $1.5 and $0.9, respectively, in estimated interest and penalties.  As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the liability for unrecognized tax benefits included $35.3, $6.0 and $4.5, respectively, for tax-related interest and penalties.

 

The Company operates in the U.S. and numerous foreign taxable jurisdictions, and at any point in time has numerous audits underway at various stages of completion. With few exceptions, the Company is subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years 2011 and after. The Company is generally not able to precisely estimate the ultimate settlement amounts or timing until the close of an audit.  The Company evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities for uncertain tax positions that may be challenged by tax authorities and may not be fully sustained, despite the Company’s belief that the underlying tax positions are fully supportable. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the amount of the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, including penalties and interest, which if recognized would impact the effective tax rate, was approximately $138.7 and $20.6, respectively.  Unrecognized tax benefits are reviewed on an ongoing basis and are adjusted for changing facts and circumstances, including progress of tax audits and the closing of statutes of limitation.  Based on information currently available, management anticipates that over the next twelve-month period, audit activity could be completed and statutes of limitation may close relating to existing unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $8.6.

 

Note 5—Equity

 

Stock-Based Compensation:

 

The Company’s income before income taxes (and net income) were reduced by $47.6 ($36.2 after-tax), $44.2 ($32.9 after-tax) and $41.4 ($30.3 after-tax) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to the expense incurred for stock-based compensation plans, which is included in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

Stock Options

 

In 2009, the Company adopted the 2009 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of Amphenol and its Subsidiaries (the “2009 Employee Option Plan”).  The Company also continues to maintain the 2000 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of Amphenol and Subsidiaries (the “2000 Employee Option Plan”).  No additional stock options can be granted under the 2000 Employee Option Plan. The 2009 Employee Option Plan authorizes the granting of additional stock options by a committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.  The number of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (“Common Stock”) reserved for issuance under the 2009 Employee Option Plan, as amended, is 58,000,000 shares.  As of December 31, 2016, there were 12,078,110 shares of Common Stock available for the granting of additional stock options under the 2009 Employee Option Plan.  Options granted under the 2000 Employee Option Plan are fully vested and are generally exercisable over a period of ten years from the date of grant.  Options granted under the 2009 Employee Option Plan generally vest ratably over a period of five years from the date of grant and are generally exercisable over a period of ten years from the date of grant.

 

In 2004, the Company adopted the 2004 Stock Option Plan for Directors of Amphenol Corporation (the “2004 Directors Option Plan”).  The 2004 Directors Option Plan is administered by the Company’s Board of Directors.  As of December 31, 2016, there were 140,000 shares of Common Stock available for the granting of additional stock options

51


 

Table of Contents

under the 2004 Directors Option Plan, although no additional stock options are expected to be granted under this plan.  Options were last granted under the 2004 Directors Option Plan in May 2011.  Options granted under the 2004 Directors Option Plan are fully vested and are generally exercisable over a period of ten years from the date of grant.

 

Stock option activity for 2014, 2015 and 2016 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Remaining

 

Intrinsic

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Contractual

 

Value

 

 

    

Options

    

Exercise Price

    

Term (in years)

    

(in millions)

 

Options outstanding at January 1, 2014

 

26,844,452

 

$

25.90

 

7.08

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

6,220,000

 

 

47.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

(4,790,252)

 

 

20.27

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options forfeited

 

(486,280)

 

 

34.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

27,787,920

 

 

31.60

 

7.09

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

6,490,200

 

 

57.85

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

(2,718,745)

 

 

23.71

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options forfeited

 

(422,900)

 

 

41.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

31,136,475

 

 

37.62

 

6.92

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

7,560,450

 

 

57.72

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

(5,703,254)

 

 

25.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options forfeited

 

(727,280)

 

 

50.17

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2016

 

32,266,391

 

$

44.14

 

7.03

 

$

744.1

 

Vested and non-vested options expected to vest at December 31, 2016

 

30,542,834

 

$

43.66

 

6.96

 

$

718.9

 

Exercisable options at December 31, 2016

 

13,540,821

 

$

32.91

 

5.37

 

$

464.4

 

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested options as of December 31, 2016 and changes during the year then ended is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

Weighted Average

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Options

 

at Grant Date

 

Non-vested options at January 1, 2016

 

17,323,040

 

$

8.24

 

Options granted

 

7,560,450

 

 

7.39

 

Options vested

 

(5,430,640)

 

 

7.93

 

Options forfeited

 

(727,280)

 

 

8.28

 

Non-vested options at December 31, 2016

 

18,725,570

 

$

7.99

 

 

The weighted average fair value at the grant date of options granted during 2015 and 2014 was $8.47 and $8.64, respectively.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the following activity occurred under the Company’s option plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

    

2014

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

 

$

197.2

 

$

88.1

 

$

136.8

Total fair value of stock options vested

 

 

43.1

 

 

39.9

 

 

37.2

 

As of December 31, 2016, the total compensation cost related to non-vested options not yet recognized was approximately $112.8, with a weighted average expected amortization period of 3.30 years.

 

The grant date fair value of each option grant under the 2000 Employee Option Plan, the 2009 Employee Option Plan and the 2004 Directors Option Plan is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant date fair value of each restricted share grant is determined based on the closing share price of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of the grant. The fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the vesting period. Use of a valuation model for option grants requires management to make

52


 

Table of Contents

certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected share price volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of the Common Stock and implied volatility derived from related exchange traded options. The average expected life is based on the contractual term of the option and expected exercise and historical post-vesting termination experience. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issuances with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant. The expected annual dividend per share is based on the Company’s dividend rate.

 

Restricted Stock

 

In 2012, the Company adopted the 2012 Restricted Stock Plan for Directors of Amphenol Corporation (the “2012 Directors Restricted Stock Plan”). The 2012 Directors Restricted Stock Plan is administered by the Company’s Board of Directors.  As of December 31, 2016, the number of restricted shares available for grant under the 2012 Directors Restricted Stock Plan was 137,069.  Restricted shares granted under the 2012 Directors Restricted Stock Plan generally vest on the first anniversary of the grant date. Grants under the 2012 Directors Restricted Stock Plan entitle the holder to receive shares of the Company’s Common Stock without payment.

 

Restricted share activity for 2014, 2015 and 2016 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Remaining

 

 

 

Restricted

 

at Grant

 

Amortization

 

 

    

Shares

    

Date

    

Term (in years)

 

Restricted shares outstanding at January 1, 2014

 

26,880

 

$

38.76

 

0.39

 

Restricted shares granted

 

18,340

 

 

47.72

 

 

 

Shares vested and issued

 

(26,880)

 

 

38.76

 

 

 

Restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

18,340

 

 

47.72

 

0.39

 

Restricted shares granted

 

17,948

 

 

57.85

 

 

 

Shares vested and issued

 

(19,032)

 

 

47.98

 

 

 

Restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2015

 

17,256

 

 

57.97

 

0.39

 

Restricted shares granted

 

16,905

 

 

57.99

 

 

 

Shares vested and issued

 

(17,256)

 

 

57.97

 

 

 

Restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2016

    

16,905

    

 

57.99

    

0.38

 

 

The total fair value of restricted share awards that vested during 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $1.0, $0.9, and $1.0, respectively.  As of December 31, 2016, the total compensation cost related to non-vested restricted shares not yet recognized was approximately $0.4 with a weighted average expected amortization period of 0.38 years.

 

Stock Repurchase Program:

 

In January 2013, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which the Company could repurchase up to 20 million shares of its Common Stock during the two-year period ending January 31, 2015 (the “2013 Stock Repurchase Program”).  During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company repurchased 11.4 million shares of its common stock for $539.4.  These treasury shares have been retired by the Company and common stock and retained earnings were reduced accordingly.  At December 31, 2014, the Company had repurchased all of the shares authorized under the 2013 Stock Repurchase Program.

 

In January 2015, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which the Company could repurchase up to 10 million shares of its Common Stock during the two-year period ended January 20, 2017 (the “2015 Stock Repurchase Program”).  During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company repurchased 5.5 million and 4.5 million shares of its common stock for $325.8 and $248.9, respectively. These treasury shares have been retired by the Company and common stock and retained earnings were reduced accordingly.  At December 31, 2016, the Company had repurchased all of the shares authorized under the 2015 Stock Repurchase Program. 

 

On January 24, 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a new stock repurchase program under which the Company may purchase up to $1,000.0 of the Company’s Common Stock during the two-year period ending January 24, 2019 in accordance with the requirements of Rule 10b-18 of the Exchange Act (the “2017 Stock Repurchase Program”).  As of February 10, 2017, the Company repurchased approximately 3.2 million shares of its common stock

53


 

Table of Contents

for $213.9 under the 2017 Stock Repurchase Program.  The price and timing of any future purchases under the 2017 Stock Repurchase Program will depend on factors such as levels of cash generation from operations, the volume of stock option exercises by employees, cash requirements for acquisitions, dividends, economic and market conditions and stock price. 

 

Dividends:

 

Contingent upon declaration by the Board of Directors, the Company generally pays a quarterly dividend on shares of its Common Stock.  In the third quarter of 2015, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the quarterly dividend rate from $0.125 to $0.14 per share effective with dividends declared in the third quarter of 2015, and in October 2016, approved a further increase in the quarterly dividend rate from $0.14 to $0.16 per share effective with dividends declared in the fourth quarter of 2016.  Total dividends declared during 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $178.8, $163.7 and $140.6, respectively.  Total dividends paid in 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $172.7, $159.3 and $101.9, respectively, including those declared in the prior year and paid in the current year.  

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):

 

Balances of related after-tax components comprising Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) included in equity at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

Unrealized

 

Defined

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

Currency

 

Gain (Loss)

 

Benefit

 

Other

 

 

 

Translation

 

on Cash

 

Plan

 

Comprehensive

 

 

    

Adjustments

    

Flow Hedges

    

Adjustment

    

Income (Loss)

 

Balance at January 1, 2014

 

$

67.0

 

$

(0.1)

 

$

(121.9)

 

$

(55.0)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax of nil, $0.2 and $39.9, respectively

 

 

(80.4)

 

 

(1.2)

 

 

(82.0)

 

 

(163.6)

 

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to earnings, net of tax of ($6.2)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

12.8

 

 

12.8

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

 

(13.4)

 

 

(1.3)

 

 

(191.1)

 

 

(205.8)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax of nil, $0.1 and $5.5, respectively

 

 

(151.5)

 

 

(0.4)

 

 

(10.0)

 

 

(161.9)

 

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to earnings, net of tax of ($10.1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

18.2

 

 

18.2

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

 

 

(164.9)

 

 

(1.7)

 

 

(182.9)

 

 

(349.5)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax of nil, ($0.3) and $12.3, respectively

 

 

(108.6)

 

 

1.6

 

 

(28.8)

 

 

(135.8)

 

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to earnings, net of tax of ($8.9)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

16.3

 

 

16.3

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

 

$

(273.5)

 

$

(0.1)

 

$

(195.4)

 

$

(469.0)

 

 

The amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for defined benefit plan liabilities, are included within Cost of sales and Selling, general and administrative expenses and for unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges, are included in Cost of sales within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

54


 

Table of Contents

Note 6—Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common shares outstanding, which relates to stock options. A reconciliation of the basic weighted average common shares outstanding to diluted weighted average common shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)

 

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation shareholders

 

$

822.9

 

$

763.5

 

$

709.1

 

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

308.3

 

 

309.1

 

 

313.1

 

Effect of dilutive stock options

 

 

6.9

 

 

7.4

 

 

7.3

 

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

315.2

 

 

316.5

 

 

320.4

 

Earnings per share attributable to Amphenol Corporation shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

2.67

 

$

2.47

 

$

2.26

 

Diluted

 

$

2.61

 

$

2.41

 

$

2.21

 

 

Excluded from the computations above were anti-dilutive common shares of 8.5 million, 6.3 million and 5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Note 7—Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefits

 

Defined Benefit Plans

 

The Company and certain of its domestic subsidiaries have defined benefit pension plans (the “U.S. Plans”), which cover certain U.S. employees and which represent the majority of the plan assets and benefit obligations of the aggregate defined benefit plans of the Company. The U.S. Plans’ benefits are generally based on years of service and compensation and are generally noncontributory.  Certain U.S. employees not covered by the U.S. Plans are covered by defined contribution plans.  Certain foreign subsidiaries have defined benefit plans covering their employees (the “International Plans” and together with the U.S. Plans, the “Plans”). The largest international pension plan, in accordance with local regulations, is unfunded and had a projected benefit obligation of approximately $81.7 and $76.2 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Total required contributions to be made during 2017 for the unfunded International Plans are included in Other accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and in the tables below.

 

55


 

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the Company’s defined benefit plans’ funded status as of the most recent actuarial valuations as of December 31 of each year; for each year presented below, projected benefit obligations exceed assets.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

U.S. Plans

 

International Plans

 

Total

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

Change in projected benefit obligation :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

460.8

 

$

472.2

 

$

184.2

 

$

204.3

 

$

645.0

 

$

676.5

Service cost

 

 

6.2

 

 

6.5

 

 

7.2

 

 

6.0

 

 

13.4

 

 

12.5

Interest cost

 

 

15.4

 

 

17.4

 

 

5.5

 

 

5.4

 

 

20.9

 

 

22.8

Acquisitions

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

51.4

 

 

1.2

 

 

51.4

 

 

1.2

Plan amendments

 

 

3.7

 

 

0.4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

3.7

 

 

0.4

Actuarial (gain) loss

 

 

11.6

 

 

(12.6)

 

 

28.0

 

 

(6.4)

 

 

39.6

 

 

(19.0)

Foreign exchange translation

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(17.6)

 

 

(18.2)

 

 

(17.6)

 

 

(18.2)

Benefits paid

 

 

(27.9)

 

 

(23.1)

 

 

(11.3)

 

 

(8.1)

 

 

(39.2)

 

 

(31.2)

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

 

 

469.8

 

 

460.8

 

 

247.4

 

 

184.2

 

 

717.2

 

 

645.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 

 

333.2

 

 

346.1

 

 

59.0

 

 

63.3

 

 

392.2

 

 

409.4

Actual return on plan assets

 

 

20.4

 

 

(5.5)

 

 

11.4

 

 

1.8

 

 

31.8

 

 

(3.7)

Employer contributions

 

 

16.4

 

 

15.7

 

 

9.8

 

 

8.4

 

 

26.2

 

 

24.1

Acquisitions

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

36.7

 

 

 —

 

 

36.7

 

 

 —

Foreign exchange translation

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(7.8)

 

 

(6.4)

 

 

(7.8)

 

 

(6.4)

Benefits paid

 

 

(27.9)

 

 

(23.1)

 

 

(11.3)

 

 

(8.1)

 

 

(39.2)

 

 

(31.2)

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 

 

342.1

 

 

333.2

 

 

97.8

 

 

59.0

 

 

439.9

 

 

392.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underfunded status at end of year

 

$

127.7

 

$

127.6

 

$

149.6

 

$

125.2

 

$

277.3

 

$

252.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet as of December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other accrued expenses

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

5.8

 

$

6.1

 

$

5.8

 

$

6.1

Accrued pension and postretirement benefit obligations

 

 

127.7

 

 

127.6

 

 

143.8

 

 

119.1

 

 

271.5

 

 

246.7

Underfunded status at end of year

 

$

127.7

 

$

127.6

 

$

149.6

 

$

125.2

 

$

277.3

 

$

252.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

 

 

(129.3)

 

 

(129.1)

 

 

(62.5)

 

 

(50.3)

 

 

(191.8)

 

 

(179.4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine projected benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

3.93

%

 

4.11

%

 

2.28

%

 

3.14

%

 

 

 

 

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

 

3.00

%

 

3.00

%

 

1.63

%

 

1.48

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s defined benefit pension plans was $691.1 and $624.5 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the accumulated benefit obligation for the U.S. Plans was $465.8 and $456.1 and for the International Plans was $225.3 and $168.4, respectively.  All of the Company’s U.S. Plans and substantially all of the International Plans have accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2016.  All of the Company’s Plans had accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2015.

56


 

Table of Contents

 

The following is a summary of the components of net pension expense for the Company’s defined benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Plans

 

International Plans

 

Total

 

  

2016

  

2015

  

2014

 

2016

  

2015

  

2014

 

2016

  

2015

  

2014

Components of net pension expense :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

6.2

 

$

6.5

 

$

5.1

 

$

2.8

 

$

2.8

 

$

3.1

 

$

9.0

 

$

9.3

 

$

8.2

Interest cost

 

 

15.4

 

 

17.4

 

 

17.3

 

 

5.5

 

 

5.4

 

 

6.8

 

 

20.9

 

 

22.8

 

 

24.1

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(26.2)

 

 

(25.9)

 

 

(24.8)

 

 

(3.9)

 

 

(3.2)

 

 

(3.7)

 

 

(30.1)

 

 

(29.1)

 

 

(28.5)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

2.4

 

 

2.3

 

 

2.7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2.4

 

 

2.3

 

 

2.7

Amortization of actuarial losses

 

 

18.6

 

 

21.5

 

 

13.3

 

 

3.4

 

 

4.2

 

 

2.6

 

 

22.0

 

 

25.7

 

 

15.9

Net pension expense

 

$

16.4

 

$

21.8

 

$

13.6

 

$

7.8

 

$

9.2

 

$

8.8

 

$

24.2

 

$

31.0

 

$

22.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

4.11

%

 

3.75

%

 

4.60

%

 

2.96

%

 

2.91

%

 

4.09

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected long-term return on assets

 

 

7.75

%

 

8.00

%

 

8.00

%

 

4.29

%

 

5.47

%

 

5.99

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate of compensation increase

 

 

3.00

%

 

3.00

%

 

3.00

%

 

1.61

%

 

1.45

%

 

1.48

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The pension expense for the Plans is calculated based upon a number of actuarial assumptions established on January 1 of the applicable year, including mortality projections as well as a weighted average discount rate, rate of increase in future compensation levels and an expected long-term rate of return on the respective Plans’ assets which are detailed in the table above.

 

The discount rate used by the Company for valuing pension liabilities is based on a review of high quality corporate bond yields with maturities approximating the remaining life of the projected benefit obligations.  The weighted average discount rate for the U.S. Plans on this basis was 3.93% and 4.11% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The decrease in the discount rate for the U.S. Plans resulted in an increase in the benefit obligation of approximately $10.7 at December 31, 2016.  The weighted average discount rate for the International Plans was 2.28% and 3.14% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The decrease in the discount rate for the International Plans did not have a material impact on the benefit obligation at December 31, 2016.  At December 31, 2015, the Company elected to further refine its approach for calculating its service and interest costs beginning in 2016 by applying a split discount rate approach under which specific spot rates along the selected yield curve are applied to the relevant projected cash flows as the Company believes this method more precisely measures its obligations. The mortality assumptions used by the Company reflect commonly used mortality tables and improvement scales for each plan and increased life expectancies for plan participants.

 

The Company’s investment strategy for the Plans’ assets is to achieve a rate of return on plan assets equal to or greater than the average for the respective investment classification through prudent allocation and periodic rebalancing between fixed income and equity instruments. The current investment policy includes a strategy to maintain an adequate level of diversification, subject to portfolio risks.  The target allocations for the U.S. Plans are generally 60% equity and 40% fixed income.  Short-term strategic ranges for investments are established within these long term target percentages.  The Company invests in a diversified investment portfolio through various investment managers and evaluates its plan assets for the existence of concentration risks.  As of December 31, 2016, there were no significant concentrations of risks in the Company’s defined benefit plan assets.  The Company does not invest nor instruct investment managers to invest pension assets in Amphenol securities.  The Plans may indirectly hold the Company’s securities as a result of external investment management in certain commingled funds.  Such holdings would not be material relative to the Plans’ total assets.  The Company’s International Plans primarily invest in equity and debt securities and insurance contracts, as determined by each Plans’ Trustees or investment managers.

 

In developing the expected long-term rate of return assumption for the U.S. Plans, the Company evaluated input from its external actuaries and investment consultants as well as consideration of long-term inflation assumptions. Projected returns by such consultants are based on broad equity and bond indices.  The Company also considered its historical twenty-year compounded return of approximately 8.5%, which has been in excess of these broad equity and bond benchmark indices. As described above, the expected long-term rate of return on the U.S. Plans’ assets is based on an asset allocation assumption of approximately 60% with equity managers (with an expected long-term rate of return of approximately 8.5%) and 40% with fixed income managers (with an expected long-term rate of return of approximately

57


 

Table of Contents

6.0%). The Company believes that the long-term asset allocation on average will approximate 60% with equity managers and 40% with fixed income managers. The Company regularly reviews the actual asset allocation and periodically rebalances investments to its targeted allocation when considered appropriate.

 

The Company’s Plan assets, the vast majority of which relate to the U.S. Plans, are reported at fair value and classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The process requires judgment and may have an effect on the placement of the Plan assets within the fair value measurement hierarchy. The fair values of the Company’s pension Plans’ assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 by asset category are as follows (refer to Note 3 for definitions of Level 1, 2 and 3 inputs):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Measured at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Asset

Asset Category

 

Total

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Value (a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. equities — large cap

 

$

118.8

 

$

88.7

 

$

30.1

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

U.S. equities — small/mid cap and other

 

 

25.8

 

 

 —

 

 

25.8

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

International equities — growth

 

 

46.5

 

 

46.5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

International equities — other

 

 

60.6

 

 

7.0

 

 

33.9

 

 

 —

 

 

19.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative investment funds

 

 

12.6

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

12.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed income securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. fixed income securities — short term

 

 

6.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6.0

U.S. fixed income securities — intermediate term

 

 

58.4

 

 

58.4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

U.S. fixed income securities — high yield

 

 

22.2

 

 

 —

 

 

22.2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

International fixed income securities — other

 

 

43.0

 

 

 —

 

 

43.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance contracts

 

 

34.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

34.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents  

 

 

12.0

 

 

12.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

439.9

 

$

212.6

 

$

155.0

 

$

34.0

 

$

38.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. equities — large cap

 

$

108.2

 

$

82.3

 

$

25.9

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

U.S. equities — small/mid cap and other

 

 

22.7

 

 

 —

 

 

22.7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

International equities — growth

 

 

46.0

 

 

46.0

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

International equities — other

 

 

52.3

 

 

6.9

 

 

45.4

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alternative investment funds

 

 

31.5

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

31.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed income securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. fixed income securities — intermediate term

 

 

58.7

 

 

58.7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

U.S. fixed income securities — high yield

 

 

18.9

 

 

 —

 

 

18.9

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

International fixed income securities — other

 

 

37.2

 

 

 —

 

 

37.2

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents  

 

 

16.7

 

 

16.7

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

392.2

 

$

210.6

 

$

150.1

 

$

 —

 

$

31.5

(a)

As a result of the adoption of ASU 2015-07, certain investments measured at fair value using the net asset value (NAV) practical expedient have been removed from the fair value hierarchy but included in the table above in order to permit the reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to total plan assets.

 

Equity securities consist primarily of publicly traded U.S. and non-U.S. equities.  Publicly traded securities are valued at the last trade or closing price reported in the active market in which the individual securities are traded.  Certain equity securities held in commingled funds are valued at unitized net asset value (“NAV”) based on the fair value of the underlying net assets owned by the funds.  Alternative investment funds include investments in hedge funds including fund of fund products.

58


 

Table of Contents

 

Fixed income securities consist primarily of government securities and corporate bonds.  They are valued at the closing price in the active market or at quotes obtained from brokers/dealers or pricing services.  Certain fixed income securities held within commingled funds are valued at NAV as determined by the custodian of the funds based on the fair value of the underlying net assets of the funds.

 

The Level 3 pension plan assets as of December 31, 2016 included in the table above consist primarily of contracts with insurance companies related to certain international plans.  The insurance contracts generally include guarantees in accordance with the policy purchased.  Our valuation of Level 3 assets is based on insurance company or third-party actuarial valuations, representing an estimation of the surrender or market values of the insurance contract between the Company and the insurance companies.  The Company did not have any such Level 3 pension plan assets as of December 31, 2015.  The following table sets forth a summary of changes of the fair value of the Level 3 pension plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

Balance on January 1

 

$

 —

    Additions due to acquisition

 

 

34.3

    Unrealized gains (losses), net

 

 

2.7

    Purchases, sales and settlements, net

 

 

(0.9)

    Foreign currency translation

 

 

(2.1)

Balance on December 31

 

$

34.0

 

The amounts, before tax, included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2016 and 2015 that have not yet been recognized as expense were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S.

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Plans

 

Plans

 

Total

 

 

 

2016

  

 

2015

  

 

2016

  

 

2015

  

 

2016

  

 

2015

Net loss

 

$

194.7

  

$

195.9

  

$

71.0

  

$

60.5

  

$

265.7

  

$

256.4

Net prior service cost

 

 

10.5

  

 

9.0

  

 

 —

  

 

 —

  

 

10.5

  

 

9.0

Net transition asset

 

 

 —

  

 

 —

  

 

 —

  

 

(0.1)

  

 

 —

  

 

(0.1)

 

The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the Plans above that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are expected to be $22.9 and $2.7, respectively.

 

The Company made cash contributions to the Plans of $26.2, $24.1, and $23.8 in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, and estimates that, based on current actuarial calculations, it will make aggregate cash contributions to the Plans in 2017 of approximately $25.0, the majority of which will be to the U.S. Plans.  The timing and amount of cash contributions in subsequent years will depend on a number of factors, including the investment performance of the Plans’ assets.

 

Benefit payments related to the Plans above, including those amounts to be paid out of Company assets and reflecting future expected service as appropriate, are expected to be as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

U.S.

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

Plans

 

Plans

 

Total

 

2017

    

$

23.9

 

$

6.7

 

$

30.6

 

2018

 

 

24.9

 

 

6.8

 

 

31.7

 

2019

 

 

26.0

 

 

6.4

 

 

32.4

 

2020

 

 

27.1

 

 

6.6

 

 

33.7

 

2021

 

 

28.1

 

 

8.3

 

 

36.4

 

2022-2026

 

 

151.9

 

 

45.9

 

 

197.8

 

 

The Company also has an unfunded Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (“SERP”), which provides for the payment of the portion of annual pension which cannot be paid from the retirement plan as a result of regulatory limitations on average compensation for purposes of the benefit computation. The obligation related to the SERP is included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and in the tables above.

59


 

Table of Contents

 

Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

 

The Company maintains self-insurance programs for that portion of its health care and workers compensation costs not covered by insurance. The Company also provides certain health care and life insurance benefits to certain eligible retirees in the U.S. through postretirement benefit (“OPEB”) programs. The Company’s share of the cost of such plans for most participants is fixed, and any increase in the cost of such plans will be the responsibility of the retirees. The Company funds the benefit costs for such plans on a pay-as-you-go basis. Since the Company’s obligation for postretirement medical plans is fixed and since the benefit obligation and the net postretirement benefit expense are not material in relation to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, the Company believes any change in medical costs from that estimated will not have a significant impact on the Company.  Summary information on the Company’s OPEB plans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

 

Change in benefit obligation :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

13.2

 

$

12.2

 

Service cost

 

 

 —

 

 

0.1

 

Interest cost

 

 

0.4

 

 

0.4

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(0.9)

 

 

(1.2)

 

Actuarial loss

 

 

0.9

 

 

1.7

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

13.6

 

$

13.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized on the balance sheet as of December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other accrued expenses

 

$

1.2

 

$

1.1

 

Accrued pension and postretirement benefit obligations

 

 

12.4

 

 

12.1

 

Unfunded status at end of year

 

$

13.6

 

$

13.2

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net

 

 

(3.6)

 

 

(3.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine projected benefit obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

3.65

%

 

3.71

%

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s OPEB plans was equal to its projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Components of net postretirement benefit expense :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

 —

 

$

0.1

 

$

0.1

 

Interest cost

 

 

0.4

 

 

0.4

 

 

0.5

 

Amortization of actuarial losses

 

 

0.7

 

 

0.3

 

 

0.4

 

Net postretirement benefit expense

 

$

1.1

 

$

0.8

 

$

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net postretirement benefit expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

3.71

%

 

3.50

%

 

4.15

%

 

The health care cost trend rate, which represents the annual rate of covered benefit cost increases assumed for next year, was 8.25% and 8.50% as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is expected to gradually decrease to a rate of 4.75% by calendar year 2024.  A one percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rate would not result in a material impact on either the postretirement benefit obligation or the postretirement benefit expense.

 

As of December 31, 2016, the amounts before tax for unrecognized net loss, net prior service cost and net transition obligation included in Accumulated other comprehensive loss related to OPEB plans that have not yet been recognized as expense are $5.7, nil and nil, respectively.  As of December 31, 2015, the amounts before tax for unrecognized net loss, net prior service cost and net transition obligation in Accumulated other comprehensive loss related to OPEB plans that have not yet been recognized as expense were $5.5, nil and nil, respectively.  The estimated amounts before tax for

60


 

Table of Contents

net loss, prior service cost and net transition obligation for the OPEB plans that will be amortized from Accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are expected to be $0.7, nil and nil, respectively.     

 

Benefit payments for the OPEB plan, including those amounts to be paid out of Company assets and reflecting future expected service as appropriate are expected to be between $1.2 and $1.4 per year for the next ten years.

 

Defined Contribution Plans

 

The Company offers various defined contribution plans for certain U.S. and foreign employees. Participation in these plans is based on certain eligibility requirements.  The Company matches the majority of employee contributions to the U.S. defined contribution plans with cash contributions up to a maximum of 5% of eligible compensation.  The Company provided matching contributions to the U.S. defined contribution plans of approximately $5.0, $4.2 and $3.8 in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Note 8—Leases

 

At December 31, 2016, the Company was committed under operating leases for buildings, office space, automobiles and equipment, which expire at various dates.  Total rent expense under operating leases for the years 2016, 2015 and 2014 were approximately $50.5, $41.0 and $38.9, respectively.

 

Minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017

    

$

42.4

 

2018

 

 

31.7

 

2019

 

 

22.2

 

2020

 

 

12.1

 

2021

 

 

8.4

 

Beyond 2021

 

 

12.4

 

Total minimum obligation

 

$

129.2

 

 

 

 

 

Note 9—Acquisitions

 

On January 8, 2016, the Company acquired all of the share capital of FCI Asia Pte Ltd (“FCI”) for a purchase price of approximately $1,178.6, net of cash acquired.  The acquisition was funded by cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments that were held outside of the United States. 

 

Headquartered in Singapore, FCI, a global leader in interconnect solutions for the information technology and data communications, industrial, mobile networks, automotive and mobile devices markets, is reported as part of the Company’s Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment.  FCI is a leading supplier of high-speed backplane and mezzanine connectors, power interconnect solutions and a wide variety of board-mounted interconnects. 

 

The accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income include the results of FCI for the period from the acquisition date through December 31, 2016. Excluding the impact of acquisitions as well as the negative impact of foreign exchange of approximately $61.3 for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the prior year, the Company’s net sales increased approximately 2% in the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to the prior year. 

 

61


 

Table of Contents

Allocation of Purchase Price

 

The purchase price was allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed of FCI based upon their estimated fair values.  The excess purchase price over the fair value of the underlying net assets acquired was allocated to goodwill, which primarily represents the value of the assembled workforce along with anticipated cost savings and efficiencies associated with the integration of FCI and other intangible assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition.  The Company has completed its analysis of the fair value of the net assets acquired through the use of independent valuations and management’s estimates.  The following table summarizes the assessment of the estimated fair values of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, net of cash acquired, as of the date of acquisition of January 8, 2016.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

    

$

97.1

 

Inventories

 

 

64.2

 

Other current assets

 

 

13.4

 

Land and depreciable assets

 

 

78.8

 

Goodwill

 

 

943.5

 

Intangible assets

 

 

252.0

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

13.2

 

Assets acquired

 

 

1,462.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

61.6

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

61.3

 

Accrued pension and postretirement benefit obligations

 

 

14.7

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

146.0

 

Liabilities assumed

 

 

283.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

 

$

1,178.6

 

 

Of the $252.0 of acquired intangible assets, $133.8 was assigned to indefinite-lived trade names which are not subject to amortization.  The remaining $118.2 of finite-lived acquired intangible assets is comprised of $53.2, $57.0 and $8.0 assigned to proprietary technology, customer relationships and backlog, respectively, all of which are subject to amortization. The finite-lived acquired intangible assets have a total weighted average useful life of approximately 10 years.  The proprietary technology, customer relationships and backlog have a weighted average useful life of 9 years, 12 years and 0.25 years, respectively. These finite-lived intangible assets are being amortized based upon the underlying pattern of economic benefit as reflected by the future net cash inflows.  The entire amount of goodwill was assigned to the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment, of which approximately $95.4 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

Pro Forma Financial Information

 

The following table summarizes the unaudited pro forma combined financial information assuming that the FCI acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2015, and its results had been included in our financial results for all of 2016 and 2015.  The pro forma combined amounts are based upon available information and reflect a reasonable estimate of the effects of the FCI acquisition for the periods presented on the basis set forth herein.  The following unaudited pro forma combined financial information is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent what the financial position or results of operations would have been had the FCI acquisition in fact occurred on the date assumed, nor is it necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in future periods.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 

 

Pro forma:

    

2016

    

2015

 

Net sales

 

$

6,296.1

 

$

6,137.3

 

Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation

 

 

856.2

 

 

799.3

 

Net income per common share - Diluted

 

 

2.72

 

 

2.53

 

 

The unaudited pro forma Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation has been calculated using actual historical information and is adjusted for certain pro forma adjustments based on the assumption that the FCI acquisition and the application of fair value adjustments to intangible assets occurred on January 1, 2015.  For the year ended

62


 

Table of Contents

December 31, 2016, the pro forma financial information excluded acquisition-related expenses, net of tax, of $33.1, which are included in the reported results, but excluded from the pro forma amounts above due to their nonrecurring nature.  For the year ended December 31, 2015, the pro forma financial information reflects the following adjustments, net of tax: (a) acquisition-related expenses of $5.7, which were included in the reported results, but excluded from the pro forma amounts above due to their nonrecurring nature, (b) amortization expense related to the acquired intangible assets of $8.8 that was not reflected in the historical results, but has been included in the pro forma amounts, (c) interest income of approximately $11.6 earned on the cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments used to fund the FCI acquisition that was included in the historical results, but excluded from the pro forma amounts, and (d) other income of $4.8 that was included in the historical results of FCI, but excluded from the pro forma amounts due to their nonrecurring nature.

 

Other Acquisitions

 

The Company is in the process of completing its analysis of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed related to its other 2016 acquisitions and anticipates that the final assessment of values will not differ materially from the preliminary assessment.  These 2016 acquisitions, as well as the 2015 acquisitions, were not material to the Company either individually or in the aggregate.

 

Acquisition-related Expenses

 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company incurred approximately $30.3 ($27.3 after-tax) of acquisition-related expenses related to the acquisition of FCI in the first quarter of 2016, primarily related to external transaction costs, amortization related to the value associated with acquired backlog and post-closing restructuring charges; and approximately $6.3 ($5.8 after-tax) of acquisition-related transaction expenses incurred in the third quarter of 2016.  During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company incurred approximately $5.7 (after-tax) of acquisition-related expenses related to professional fees and other external expenses primarily related to the FCI acquisition which was announced in the second quarter of 2015.  Such acquisition-related expenses are separately presented in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. 

 

Note 10—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Interconnect

    

Cable

    

 

 

 

 

 

Products and

 

Products and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assemblies

 

Solutions

 

Total

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2014

 

$

2,493.0

 

$

123.7

 

$

2,616.7

 

Acquisition-related

 

 

155.9

 

 

 —

 

 

155.9

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(79.7)

 

 

 —

 

 

(79.7)

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2015

 

 

2,569.2

 

 

123.7

 

 

2,692.9

 

Acquisition-related

 

 

1,008.7

 

 

22.6

 

 

1,031.3

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(45.4)

 

 

 —

 

 

(45.4)

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2016

 

$

3,532.5

 

$

146.3

 

$

3,678.8

 

 

Other than goodwill noted above, as well as indefinite-lived trade name intangible assets of approximately $186.1 and $52.3 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s intangible assets are subject to amortization. A summary of the Company’s amortizable intangible assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

2015

 

 

    

Gross

    

 

    

Net

    

Gross

    

 

    

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

Carrying

 

Accumulated

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Customer relationships

 

$

381.1

 

$

159.1

 

$

222.0

 

$

315.6

 

$

122.6

 

$

193.0

 

Proprietary technology

 

 

106.7

 

 

40.9

 

 

65.8

 

 

53.8

 

 

30.9

 

 

22.9

 

License agreements

 

 

6.0

 

 

6.0

 

 

 —

 

 

6.0

 

 

6.0

 

 

 —

 

Backlog and other

 

 

28.0

 

 

27.5

 

 

0.5

 

 

19.7

 

 

19.2

 

 

0.5

 

Total

 

$

521.8

 

$

233.5

 

$

288.3

 

$

395.1

 

$

178.7

 

$

216.4

 

 

63


 

Table of Contents

Customer relationships, proprietary technology, license agreements and backlog and other amortizable intangible assets have weighted average useful lives of approximately 10 years, 11 years, 8 years and 1 year, respectively, for an aggregate weighted average useful life of approximately 10 years at December 31, 2016.

 

Intangible assets are included in Intangibles, net and other long-term assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The aggregate amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $54.6, $34.7 and $36.6, respectively.  The 2016 and 2014 amortization expense includes $8.0 and $9.8, respectively, related to the amortization of acquired backlogs.  Amortization expense estimated for each of the next five fiscal years is approximately $47.5 in 2017, $43.4 in 2018, $39.1 in 2019, $33.0 in 2020 and $28.1 in 2021.

 

Note 11—Reportable Business Segments and International Operations

 

The Company has two reportable business segments: (i) Interconnect Products and Assemblies and (ii) Cable Products and Solutions. The Company organizes its reportable business segments based upon similar economic characteristics and business groupings of products, services, and customers. These reportable business segments are determined based upon how the Company reviews its businesses, assesses operating performance and makes investing and resource allocation decisions.  The Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment primarily designs, manufactures and markets a broad range of connector and connector systems, value-add products and other products, including antennas and sensors, used in a broad range of applications in a diverse set of end markets.  The Cable Products and Solutions segment primarily designs, manufactures and markets cable, value-added products and components for use primarily in the broadband communications and information technology markets as well as certain applications in other markets.  The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those for the Company as a whole and are described in Note 1 herein. The Company evaluates the performance of business units on, among other things, profit or loss from operations before interest, headquarters’ expense allocations, stock-based compensation expense, income taxes, amortization related to certain intangible assets and nonrecurring gains and losses.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interconnect Products

 

Cable Products

 

Total Reportable

 

 

and Assemblies

 

and Solutions

 

Business Segments

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

Net sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

External

 

$

5,922.3

 

$

5,239.1

 

$

4,992.6

 

$

364.1

 

$

329.6

 

$

352.9

 

$

6,286.4

 

$

5,568.7

 

$

5,345.5

Intersegment

 

 

6.9

 

 

7.2

 

 

6.6

 

 

30.0

 

 

21.6

 

 

18.0

 

 

36.9

 

 

28.8

 

 

24.6

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

206.8

 

 

162.3

 

 

160.0

 

 

4.9

 

 

3.0

 

 

3.4

 

 

211.7

 

 

165.3

 

 

163.4

Segment operating income

 

 

1,280.3

 

 

1,158.3

 

 

1,088.0

 

 

52.8

 

 

40.3

 

 

43.7

 

 

1,333.1

 

 

1,198.6

 

 

1,131.7

Segment assets (excluding goodwill)

 

 

4,587.5

 

 

4,580.4

 

 

4,161.7

 

 

197.1

 

 

163.5

 

 

173.4

 

 

4,784.6

 

 

4,743.9

 

 

4,335.1

Purchases of land and depreciable assets

 

 

186.2

 

 

167.1

 

 

203.1

 

 

4.0

 

 

4.5

 

 

4.8

 

 

190.2

 

 

171.6

 

 

207.9

 

Reconciliation of segment operating income to consolidated income before income taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Segment operating income

 

$

1,333.1

 

$

1,198.6

 

$

1,131.7

 

Interest expense

 

 

(72.6)

 

 

(68.3)

 

 

(80.4)

 

Other income, net

 

 

8.5

 

 

16.4

 

 

18.3

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

(47.6)

 

 

(44.2)

 

 

(41.4)

 

Acquisition-related expenses

 

 

(36.6)

 

 

(5.7)

 

 

(14.1)

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

(43.7)

 

 

(44.0)

 

 

(41.6)

 

Income before income taxes

 

$

1,141.1

 

$

1,052.8

 

$

972.5

 

 

Reconciliation of segment assets to consolidated total assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

 

Segment assets, excluding goodwill

 

$

4,784.6

 

$

4,743.9

 

Goodwill

 

 

3,678.8

 

 

2,692.9

 

Other assets

 

 

35.3

 

 

21.6

 

Consolidated total assets

 

$

8,498.7

 

$

7,458.4

 

 

64


 

Table of Contents

Net sales by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 and land and depreciable assets, net by geographic area as of December 31 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

Net sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

1,740.7

 

$

1,696.3

 

$

1,673.5

China

 

 

1,865.6

 

 

1,675.5

 

 

1,440.8

Other international locations

 

 

2,680.1

 

 

2,196.9

 

 

2,231.2

Total

 

$

6,286.4

 

$

5,568.7

 

$

5,345.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land and depreciable assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

209.2

 

$

214.4

 

$

214.8

China

 

 

200.1

 

 

151.4

 

 

149.2

Other international locations

 

 

302.1

 

 

243.7

 

 

226.7

Total

 

$

711.4

 

$

609.5

 

$

590.7

 

Net sales by geographic area are based on the customer location to which the product is shipped.  No single customer represented 10% or more of the Company’s net sales for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014.  During the year ended December 31, 2015, aggregate sales to the Company’s largest customer, including sales of products to EMS companies and subcontractors that the Company believes are manufacturing products on their behalf, represented approximately 11% of the Company’s net sales, all of which are included within the Interconnect Products and Assemblies segment.  It is impracticable to disclose net sales by product or group of products.

 

Note 12—Other Income, net

 

The components of Other income, net are set forth below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 

 

 

    

2016

    

2015

    

2014

 

Agency and commitment fees

 

$

(3.0)

 

$

(2.0)

 

$

(1.9)

 

Interest income

 

 

11.5

 

 

18.4

 

 

20.2

 

 

 

$

8.5

 

$

16.4

 

$

18.3

 

 

 

 

 

Note 13—Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company has been named as a defendant in several legal actions arising from normal business activities.  The Company records a loss contingency liability when a loss is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.  Although the potential liability with respect to such legal actions cannot be reasonably estimated, such matters are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  The Company’s legal costs associated with defending itself are recorded to expense as incurred.

 

Certain operations of the Company are subject to environmental laws and regulations which govern the discharge of pollutants into the air and water, as well as the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes.  The Company believes that its operations are currently in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that the costs of continuing compliance will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

The Company also has purchase obligations related to commitments to purchase certain goods and services. At December 31, 2016, the Company had purchase commitments of $219.9 in 2017, $35.0 in 2018 and 2019, combined, and $0.6 beyond 2019.

 

 

 

65


 

Table of Contents

Note 14—Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

    

March 31, 

   

June 30, 

   

September 30, 

   

December 31, 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

1,451.2

 

$

1,548.2

 

$

1,635.9

 

$

1,651.1

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

459.2

 

 

497.3

 

 

537.3

 

 

546.1

 

 

Operating income

 

 

239.4

(1)

 

300.3

 

 

326.3

(2)

 

339.1

 

 

Net income

 

 

158.4

(1)

 

208.7

 

 

227.1

(2)

 

238.3

 

 

Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation

 

 

156.6

(1)

 

206.5

 

 

224.3

(2)

 

235.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share—Basic

 

 

0.51

(1)

 

0.67

 

 

0.73

(2)

 

0.76

 

 

Net income per common share—Diluted

 

 

0.50

(1)

 

0.65

 

 

0.71

(2)

 

0.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

1,327.1

 

$

1,351.5

 

$

1,459.6

 

$

1,430.5

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

424.6

 

 

432.5

 

 

464.0

 

 

458.5

 

 

Operating income

 

 

260.2

 

 

260.7

(3)

 

294.8

 

 

289.0

 

 

Net income

 

 

181.8

 

 

180.6

(3)

 

207.3

 

 

202.6

 

 

Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation

 

 

179.8

 

 

179.0

(3)

 

204.5

 

 

200.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share—Basic

 

 

0.58

 

 

0.58

(3)

 

0.66

 

 

0.65

 

 

Net income per common share—Diluted

 

 

0.57

 

 

0.56

(3)

 

0.65

 

 

0.63

 

 


(1)

Operating income, net income and net income per common share includes acquisition-related expenses primarily related to the acquisition of FCI which closed in January 2016.  These acquisition-related expenses had the effect of decreasing Operating income, Net income, Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation, and Net income per common share-Diluted by $30.3, $27.3, $27.3 and $0.09 per share, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2016.

 

(2)

Operating income, net income and net income per common share includes acquisition-related expenses.  These acquisition-related expenses had the effect of decreasing Operating income, Net income, Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation, and Net income per common share-Diluted by $6.3, $5.8, $5.8 and $0.02 per share, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2016.

 

(3)

Operating income, net income and net income per common share includes acquisition-related expenses primarily relating to the FCI acquisition which was announced in the second quarter of 2015.  These acquisition-related expenses had the effect of decreasing Operating income, Net income, Net income attributable to Amphenol Corporation, and Net income per common share-Diluted by $5.7, $5.7, $5.7 and $0.02 per share, respectively, for the three months ended June 30, 2015.  

 

66


 

Table of Contents

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as of December 31, 2016.  These controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  Based on their evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that as of December 31, 2016 the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.  There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recent fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2016 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management Report on Internal Control

 

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Due to its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting of Amphenol Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”), pursuant to Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting based on the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) Framework (2013).  Based on that evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016.

 

Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB).  Those standards require that Deloitte & Touche LLP plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Deloitte & Touche LLP has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, which is included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements in the form set forth in Exhibit 10.27 to this Form 10-K with all of its directors and executive officers and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with future directors and executive officers of the Company.  The indemnification agreements provide for indemnification to the fullest extent permitted by law and for advancement of expenses.

 

67


 

Table of Contents

PART III

 

The Company intends to file a definitive proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act within 120 days following the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, and certain information included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Pursuant to Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the information required by Item 10 with respect to the Directors of the Registrant is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

Pursuant to Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the information required by Item 10 with respect to the Executive Officers of the Registrant is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

Information regarding the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Company’s website at www.amphenol.com.  The Company will post all amendments to its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on its website.  In addition, a current copy may be requested by writing to the Company’s World Headquarters at:

 

358 Hall Avenue

P.O. Box 5030

Wallingford, CT 06492

Attention: Investor Relations

 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

 

Pursuant to Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the information required by Item 11 is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Pursuant to Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

For information required under Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K, refer to Item 5 of this report.

 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

Pursuant to Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

Pursuant to Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 

68


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

35 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income—Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014  

36 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014  

37 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 2016 and 2015  

38 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity—Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014  

39 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow—Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014  

40 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

41 

 

 

Management Report on Internal Control  

67 

 

 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

 

Schedule  

70 

 

 

II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014  

70 

 

Schedules other than the above have been omitted because they are either not applicable or the required information has been disclosed in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(a)(3) Listing of Exhibits

 

Refer to the Index of Exhibits immediately following the signature page of this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary

 

Not applicable.

 

69


 

Table of Contents

 

SCHEDULE II

AMPHENOL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Balance at

    

Charged to

    

 

 

    

Balance at

 

 

 

beginning

 

cost and

 

Additions

 

end of

 

 

 

of period

 

expenses

 

(Deductions)

 

period

 

Receivable reserves:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended 2016

 

$

25.6

 

$

6.0

 

$

(8.0)

 

$

23.6

 

Year ended 2015

 

 

20.2

 

 

3.7

 

 

1.7

 

 

25.6

 

Year ended 2014

 

 

12.0

 

 

9.7

 

 

(1.5)

 

 

20.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended 2016

 

$

18.5

 

$

4.8

 

$

13.9

 

$

37.2

 

Year ended 2015

 

 

15.5

 

 

3.0

 

 

 —

 

 

18.5

 

Year ended 2014

 

 

19.4

 

 

(3.9)

 

 

 —

 

 

15.5

 

 

 

 

70


 

Table of Contents

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the Town of Wallingford, State of Connecticut on the 17th day of February, 2017.

 

 

 

 

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. Adam Norwitt

 

R. Adam Norwitt

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. Adam Norwitt

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

February 17, 2017

R. Adam Norwitt

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Craig A. Lampo

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

February 17, 2017

Craig A. Lampo

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Martin H. Loeffler

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

February 17, 2017

Martin H. Loeffler

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ronald P. Badie

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Ronald P. Badie

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stanley L. Clark

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Stanley L. Clark

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David P. Falck

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

David P. Falck

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Edward G. Jepsen

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Edward G. Jepsen

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Randall D. Ledford

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Randall D. Ledford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John R. Lord

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

John R. Lord

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Diana G. Reardon

 

Director

 

February 17, 2017

Diana G. Reardon

 

 

 

 

 

 

71


 

Table of Contents

Index of Exhibits

 

 

 

2.1

Letter Agreement, dated June 27, 2015, by and between Fidji Luxembourg (BC4) Sarl, Amphenol East Asia Limited and Amphenol Corporation (including the form of Sale and Purchase Agreement, to be entered into by and among Fidji Luxembourg (BC4) Sarl, Amphenol East Asia Limited and Amphenol Corporation) (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2015). *

2.2

Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated July 17, 2015, by and among Fidji Luxembourg (BC4) Sarl, Amphenol East Asia Limited and Amphenol Corporation (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on July 20, 2015). *

2.3

Amendment Agreement (amending the Sale and Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”), dated as of July 17, 2015), dated December 31, 2015, by and among Fidji Luxembourg (BC4) Sarl, Amphenol East Asia Limited and Amphenol Corporation (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed on January 4, 2016). *

3.1

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Amphenol Corporation, dated August 3, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the June 30, 2016 10-Q).*

3.2

Amphenol Corporation, Third Amended and Restated By-Laws dated March 21, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K on March 22, 2016).*

4.1

Indenture, dated as of November 5, 2009, between Amphenol Corporation and the Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed on November 5, 2009).*

4.2

Officers’ Certificate, dated January 26, 2012, establishing the 4.00% Senior Notes due 2022 pursuant to the Indenture (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed on January 26, 2012).*

4.3

Officers’ Certificate, dated January 30, 2014, establishing the 2.55% Senior Notes Pursuant to the Indenture (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed January 30, 2014).*

4.4

Officer’s Certificate, dated September 12, 2014, establishing both the 1.550% Senior Notes due 2017 and the 3.125% Senior Notes due 2021 pursuant to the Indenture (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed on September 12, 2014).*

10.1

Fourth Amended 2000 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of Amphenol and Subsidiaries (filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the June 30, 2007 10-Q).*

10.2

2009 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of Amphenol and Subsidiaries (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the June 30, 2009 10-Q).*

10.3

The First Amendment to the 2009 Stock Purchase and Option Plan for Key Employees of Amphenol and Subsidiaries (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K on May 23, 2014).*

10.4

Form of 2009 Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement dated as of May 20, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the June 30, 2009 10-Q).*

10.5

Form of 2009 Management Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of May 20, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the June 30, 2009 10-Q).*

10.6

Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the December 31, 2016 10-K).**

10.7

First Amendment to Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016, dated November 10, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the December 31, 2016 10-K).**

10.8

Second Amendment to Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016, dated October 1, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the December 31, 2016 10-K).**

10.9

Third Amendment to Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016, dated December 13, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the December 31, 2016 10-K).**

10.10

Amended and Restated Amphenol Corporation Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the December 31, 2008 10-K).*

10.11

Amphenol Corporation Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the December 31, 1997 10-K).*

10.12

The 2004 Stock Option Plan for Directors of Amphenol Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.44 to the June 30, 2004 10-Q).*

10.13

The Amended 2004 Stock Option Plan for Directors of Amphenol Corporation (filed as Exhibit 10.29 to the June 30, 2008 10-Q).*

10.14

The 2012 Restricted Stock Plan for Directors of Amphenol Corporation dated May 24, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the June 30, 2012 10-Q).*

72


 

Table of Contents

10.15

2012 Restricted Stock Plan for Directors of Amphenol Corporation Restricted Share Award Agreement dated May 24, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the June 30, 2012 10-Q).*

10.16

2017 Amphenol Corporation Management Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the December 31, 2016 10-K).**

10.17

2014 Amphenol Corporation Executive Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K on May 23, 2014).*

10.18

Credit Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2016, among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, a syndicate of financial institutions and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. acting as the administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2016).*

10.19

Continuing Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit between the Company and Deutsche Bank dated March 4, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to the March 31, 2009 10-Q).*

10.20

The Amphenol Corporation Employee Savings/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement as amended and restated effective December 14, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.32 to the December 31, 2011 10-K).*

10.21

First Amendment to The Amphenol Corporation Employee Savings/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement as amended and restated effective December 14, 2011, dated March 30, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.36 to the June 30, 2012 10-Q).*

10.22

Second Amendment to The Amphenol Corporation Employee Savings/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement as amended and restated effective December 14, 2011, dated April 10, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.37 to the June 30, 2012 10-Q).*

10.23

Third Amendment to The Amphenol Corporation Profit Sharing/401(K) Plan Adoption Agreement as amended and restated effective October 1, 2013, dated September 20, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.40 to the December 31, 2013 10-K)*

10.24

Restated Amphenol Corporation Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the September 30, 2011 10-Q).*

10.25

Amphenol Corporation Supplemental Defined Contribution Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2012 (filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the December 31, 2011 10-K).*

10.26

Commercial paper program form of Dealer Agreement dated as of August 29, 2014 between the Company, Citibank Global Markets and JP Morgan Securities LLC (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on September 5, 2014).*

10.27

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Executive Officers (filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the December 31, 2016 10-K).**

21.1

Subsidiaries of the Company.**

23.1

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.**

31.1

Certification pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **

31.2

Certification pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **

32.1

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **

32.2

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **

101.INS

XBRL Instance Document.**

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.**

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.**

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.**

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.**

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.**


*         Incorporated herein by reference as stated.

**       Filed herewith.  

73


Exhibit 10.16

 

 

2017

AMPHENOL MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

I.

Purpose

The purpose of the 2017 Management Incentive Plan is to reward eligible key employees of Amphenol Corporation and affiliated operations with performance based cash bonus payments provided certain individual, operating unit and/or Company goals are achieved.  The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has approved the 2017 Management Incentive Plan pursuant to its authority under the 2014 Amphenol Executive Incentive Plan.

 

II.

Eligibility

Key management personnel and target bonuses are as recommended by the CEO.  Generally, participation includes senior management positions, corporate staff managers, general managers and their designated direct reports.  Participation, target bonuses and bonus payments are as approved by the Compensation Committee.

 

III.

Plan Components

Payments under the 2017 Management Incentive Plan are based primarily on performance against quantitative measures established at the beginning of each year. In addition, consideration will be given, when appropriate, to certain qualitative factors as further discussed below.

 

The quantitative portion of the 2017 Management Incentive Plan is contingent upon the Company’s achievement and/or each Group’s achievement, and/or each operating unit’s achievement and/or each individual’s achievement of performance targets and/or goals. These quantitative targets and/or goals include revenue growth, operating income growth, operating cash flow, return on investment, return on sales, organic growth and/or contribution to EPS growth. For 2017 quantitative performance criteria are based primarily on sales and income growth in 2017 over 2016 and actual performance in 2017 as compared to 2017 budget.

 

Qualitative factors considered in establishing performance based payment pursuant to the 2017 Management Incentive Plan include the following:  achievements against budget targets, operating margins, balance sheet management including cash flow, new market/new product positioning, operating unit and Group contribution to total Company performance, return on investment, return on sales, other specific individual objectives impacting Company performance, customer satisfaction, cost reductions and productivity improvement and quality management.

 

Performance based payments pursuant to the 2017 Management Incentive Plan may be adjusted if unusual and unanticipated market conditions materially impact the Company’s, a Group’s, an operating unit’s, or an individual’s growth and/or performance.

 

IV.

Administration

·

Payments are based upon average base salary during the Plan year (new hires will be prorated accordingly if hired after February 1 st of the plan year). Targets and payments may be adjusted for special situations (ex. The participant moves to a new position during the year).

·

The maximum allowable payout under the Plan is 2x the target bonus as applied to average base salary.

·

The Committee may adjust the payout of any or all participants in consideration of (i) whether the payout to all participants as a percentage of the Company’s operating income falls within certain historical parameters, (ii) how the multiplier for the current year compares with the prior year, (iii) reasonableness and consistency and (iv) internal pay equity.

·

To be eligible for the bonus payment, a participant must be an active employee on the payroll and in good standing as of December 31, 2017. Exceptions must be recommended by the CEO and be approved by the Compensation Committee.

·

Payments are made not later than March 15 th of the calendar year immediately following the Management Incentive Plan year.  All payments are subject to the recommendation of the CEO and the approval of the Compensation Committee.

·

The Compensation Committee will interpret and administer the 2017 Management Incentive Plan in a manner consistent with the 2014 Amphenol Executive Incentive Plan.

·

The 2017 Management Incentive Plan is intended to be exempt from the requirements of the Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations and other applicable guidance issued thereunder (“Section 409A”) or if not exempt, to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, and the provisions of the Plan shall be construed in a manner consistent therewith.


Exhibit 10.27

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of February ___, 2017 between Amphenol Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the officer or director of the Company who is a signatory to this Agreement (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities.  Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions.  At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself.  The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.  Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”).  The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company's stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and


 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company's Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity.  Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee .  The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time.  In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine upon application that despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses

2

 


 

actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, motion for summary judgment, settlement (with or without court approval) or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity .  In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee.  The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution .

(a)  Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee.  The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b)  Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be considered.  The relative fault of the Company and all officers,

3

 


 

directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c)  The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d)  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification .  It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware.  Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a)  To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine

4

 


 

whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.  The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b)  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the board:  (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company.  For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the board of directors of the Company who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c)  If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) .  The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors.  Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof.  The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

5

 


 

(d)   In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.  Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e)   Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise.  In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.  Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f)   If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

6

 


 

(g)   Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h)   The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty.  In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i)  The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a)  In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a) .  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

7

 


 

(b)  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) .

(c)  If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)  In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e)  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors' and officers' liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a)  The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in

8

 


 

the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c)  In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d)  The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e)  The Company's obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a)  for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

9

 


 

(b)  for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c)  in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

10. Duration of Agreement .  All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11. Security .  To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral.  Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

12. Enforcement .

(a)  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b)  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10

 


 

13. Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

(a)  “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(b)   “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c)   “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d)   “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(e)   “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f)   “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company,

11

 


 

or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

14. Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.  In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.  

15. Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee .  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder.  The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices .  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent: 

(a)    To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

(b)    To the Company at:

358 Hall Ave

Wallingford, CT 06492

Attention: General Counsel

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

12

 


 

18. Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature (or by other electronic means such as portable document format (.pdf)) and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 

19. Headings .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State, without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such State.

21. Consent to Jurisdiction.  Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement.  Each party agrees to commence any such action, suit or proceeding in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.  Each party further agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth or referred to in Section 17 shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in the State of Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 21.  Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and thereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

22. Waiver of Jury Trial.  Each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in respect to any litigation directly or indirectly arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement.  Each party (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce that foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it and the other parties hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this Section 22.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

13

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

AMPHENOL CORPORATION



By:____________________________________
Name:
Title:

 


INDEMNITEE

______________________________________
Name:

Address:

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.6

 

 

 

Pension Plan for Employees of

Amphenol Corporation

 

 

 

(Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2016)

 


 

PENSION PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

 

This Plan document restates the Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation that was effective January 1, 2011, by incorporating the First Amendment generally effective May 23, 2012, the Second Amendment effective August 14, 2012, the Third Amendment effective December 19, 2012 ,   the Fourth Amendment effective January 1, 2013, the Fifth Amendment generally effective September 1, 2013, the Sixth Amendment generally effective June 26, 2013, and the Seventh Amendment, generally effective January 1, 2015.

 

 


 

 

ARTICLE I. 3

 

ELIGIBILITY

1.1

Eligibility

ARTICLE II. 4

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

2.1.

Payment of Contributions:

2.2.

Limitation on Contribution:

2.3.

Time of Payment:

2.4.

No Additional Liability:

ARTICLE III. 5

 

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1.

Required Contributions:

ARTICLE IV. 6

 

PLAN BENEFITS

4.1.

Plan Benefits:

4.2.

Minimum Benefit for Top-Heavy Plan:

4.3.

Non-Duplication of Benefits:

10 

4.4.

Transfers, Service with Affiliated Employers:

11 

ARTICLE V. 12

 

LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS

12 

5.2

Minimum Funding Requirements.

12 

5.3

Funding Based Restrictions.

12 

ARTICLE VI. 21

 

VESTING

21 

6.1.

Vesting Rights:

21 

6.2.

Top-Heavy Vesting:

21 

6.3.

Service Computation Period; Service Credit

21 

6.4.

Amendment of Vesting Schedule:

21 

6.5.

Amendments Affecting Vested and/or Accrued Benefit.

22 

 

-  i  -


 

6.6.

No Divestiture for Cause:

22 

ARTICLE VII.

23 

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

23 

7.1.

Notice:

23 

7.1A

Right to Elect Retroactive Annuity Start Date:

23 

7.2.

Waiver of Thirty (30) Day Notice Period:

24 

7.3.

Form of Payment.

24 

7.4.

Actuarial Equivalent Benefit:

25 

7.5.

Payment Without Participant Consent:

25 

7.6.

Restrictions on Immediate Distributions:

26 

7.7.

Limitation of Benefits on Plan Termination:

27 

7.8.

Early Plan Termination Restrictions:

28 

7.9.

Suspension of Benefits:

31 

7.11.

Minimum Distribution Requirements:

33 

7.12.

TEFRA Election Transitional Rule:

36 

7.13.

Distribution of Death Benefit

37 

7.14.

Date Distribution Deemed to Begin:

39 

7.15.

Distribution Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders:

39 

7.16.

Payment to a Person Under a Legal Disability:

39 

7.17.

Unclaimed Benefits Procedure:

40 

7.18.

Direct Rollovers:

40 

7.19

Certain Highly Compensated Employees:

41 

ARTICLE VIII.

42 

JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNITY REQUIREMENTS

42 

8.1.

Applicability Of Provisions:

42 

8.2.

Payment Of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity:

42 

8.3.

Payment Of Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity:

42 

8.4.

Notice Requirements For Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity:

42 

8.5.

Notice Requirements For Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity:

43 

8.6.

Qualified Election:

44 

8.7

Election Period:

45 

8.8.

Pre-age Thirty-five (35) Waiver:

45 

8.9.

Transitional Joint and Survivor Annuity Rules:

45 

-  ii  -


 

 

ARTICLE IX. 47

 

QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS

47 

9.1.

Qualified Domestic Relations Orders:

47 

ARTICLE X. 50

 

TRANSFERS FROM OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS; DIRECT ROLLOVERS

50 

10.1.

Transfers From Other Qualified Plans; Direct Rollovers:

50 

ARTICLE XI. 51

 

TRANSFERS; SERVICE WITH AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS

51 

11.1.

Transfers:

51 

ARTICLE XII.

52 

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

52 

12.1.

Amendment of the Plan:

52 

12.2.

Termination:

52 

12.3.

Merger or Consolidation of the Plan:

56 

ARTICLE XIII.

57 

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

57 

13.1.

Adoption by Other Employers:

57 

13.2.

Requirements of Participating Employers:

57 

13.3.

Designation of Agent.

57 

13.4.

Employee Transfers.

58 

13.5.

Participating Employer’s Contribution:

59 

13.6.

Discontinuance of Participation:

60 

13.7.

Plan Administrator’s Authority:

60 

ARTICLE XIV.

61 

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

61 

14.1.

Appointment of Plan Administrator and Trustee:

61 

14.2.

Plan Administrator:

61 

14.3.

Delegation of Powers:

61 

14.4.

Trust Agreement

62 

14.5.

Appointment of Advisers:

62 

 

-  iii  -


 

14.6.

Records and Reports:

62 

14.7.

Information from Employer:

63 

14.8.

Majority Actions:

63 

14.9.

Expenses:

63 

14.10.

Discretionary Acts:

63 

14.11.

Responsibility of Fiduciaries:

63 

14.12.

Indemnity by Employer:

64 

14.13.

Claims Procedure:

64 

14.14

Recovery of Benefit Overpayments:

65 

ARTICLE XV.

66 

GENERAL

66 

15.1.

Bonding:

66 

15.2.

Action by the Employer:

66 

15.3.

Employment Rights:

66 

15.4.

Nonalienation of Benefits.

66 

15.5.

Governing Law:

68 

15.6.

Conformity to Applicable Law:

68 

15.7.

Usage:

68 

15.8.

Legal Action:

68 

15.9.

Exclusive Benefit:

69 

15.10.

Prohibition Against Diversion of Funds:

69 

15.11.

Return of Contribution:

69 

15.12.

Employer’s Protective Clause:

70 

15.13.

Insurer’s Protective Clause:

70 

15.14.

Receipt and Release for Payments:

70 

15.15.

Headings:

70 

ARTICLE XVI.

71 

DEFINITIONS

71 

16.1

Accrued Benefit:

71 

16.2.

Actuarial Equivalent:

71 

16.3.

Administrative Committee:

72 

16.4.

Affiliated Employer:

72 

16.5.

Aggregation Group:

72 

-  iv  -


 

16.6.

Anniversary Date:

73 

16.7.

Annual Benefit:

73 

16.8.

Annuity:

74 

16.9.

Annuity Starting Date:

74 

16.10.

Average Monthly Compensation:

74 

16.11.

Beneficiary:

74 

16.12.

Break in Service:

75 

16.15.

Controlled Group:

80 

16.16.

Determination Date:

80 

16.17.

Direct Rollover:

80 

16.18.

Disability:

80 

16.19.

Distributee:

80 

16.20.

Earliest Retirement Date:

80 

16.21.

Early Retirement Age:

80 

16.22.

Early Retirement Date:

80 

16.23.

Eligible Class:

80 

16.26.

Employee:

85 

16.33.

Foreign Subsidiary:

86 

16.35

Highly Compensated Employee:

86 

16.36.

Highly Compensated Participant:

88 

16.37.

Hours of Service:

88 

16.38.

Inactive Participants:

90 

16.39.

Key Employee:

90 

16.40.

Late Retirement Date:

90 

16.41.

Leased Employee:

90 

16.47.

Normal Retirement Date:

92 

16.48.

Participant:

92 

16.49.

Participating Employer:

92 

16.50.

Period of Military Duty:

92 

16.51.

Period of Service:

92 

16.52.

Period of Severance:

92 

16.53

Plan:

92 

16.54.

Plan Administrator:

94 

16.55.

Plan Year:

94 

16.56.

Predecessor Employer:

94 

 

-  v  -


 

 

16.57.

Present Value of Accrued Benefit:

94 

16.58.

Primary Social Security Retirement Benefit:

94 

16.59.

Qualified Domestic Relations Order:

95 

16.60.

Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity:

95 

16.61.

Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity:

95 

16.62.

Re-employment Commencement Date:

96 

16.63.

Re-entry Date:

96 

16.64.

Regulation:

96 

16.65.

Retirement:

96 

16.72.

Top-Heavy Ratio:

97 

16.73.

Top-Paid Group:

99 

16.74.

Trust Agreement.

100 

16.75.

Trust Fund.

100 

16.76.

Trustee.

100 

16.77.

Valuation Date.

100 

16.78.

Year of Accrual Service:

100 

16.79.

Year of Eligibility Service:

100 

16.80.

Year of Service:

100 

16.81.

Year of Vesting Service:

100 

 

 

-  vi  -


 

PENSION PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

PREAMBLE

 

The Board of Directors of AMPHENOL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, approved and adopted a defined benefit pension plan for certain Employees, effective as of December 31, 1997, which amended and restated the Salaried Employees Pension Plan of the Amphenol Corporation, as previously amended effective January 1, 1989 (hereinafter referred to as the “Predecessor Plan”); and which now serves as the single plan to pay benefits to Employees previously participating in certain other plans maintained by the Employer or its affiliates, which plans were merged and consolidated into the Plan effective as of December 31, 1997.

Prior to December 31, 1997, Amphenol Corporation and certain of its affiliates maintained the following defined benefit pension plans for eligible employees:

·

Salaried Employee’s Pension Plan of the Amphenol Corporation

·

The Hourly Employees’ Pension Plan of Amphenol Corporation

·

Pension Plan for Hourly Paid Employees of Chatham Cable Company

·

Pyle-National Retirement Plan for Salaried Employees

·

LPL Technologies Inc. Retirement Plan

·

Pyle-National Retirement Plan for Hourly Employees

·

Pension Plan for Salaried Employees of the Sidney Division of the Amphenol Corporation

·

Pension Plan for Hourly Employees of the Sidney Division of the Amphenol Corporation

All of the aforesaid plans were merged and consolidated effective as of December 31, 1997.  All benefits previously provided under the plans are provided under the Plan subsequent to the merger and consolidation.  All assets of the plans were transferred to the Plan and Trust and are, on an ongoing basis, available to pay benefits to employees and their beneficiaries;

-  1  -


 

The Employer continues to desire to retain the distinct benefit structures that applied to the participants of the plans prior to the merger and consolidation to the greatest extent possible.  To accomplish this, the Plan document cross-references certain Exhibits which constitute the text of the pre-merger plans with subsequent amendments.  The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are defined by the language of the Plan document which cross-references the Exhibits.  To the extent there is a discrepancy between the Plan document and any Exhibit with respect to any matter, including but not limited to the definition of the Eligible Class of employees, the Plan document will govern.  The Exhibits do not reflect amendments required to be made pursuant to the applicable laws referenced on the cover page.  All such amendments have been made to the Plan document, and apply to the Exhibits.  In other respects, to the extent practicable the Exhibits shall govern the nature, form and timing of benefits under the Plan.

It is the intention of Amphenol Corporation to restate the Plan as of the date set forth on the cover page, and that the Plan continue to meet the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

-  2  -


 

ARTICLE I.

ELIGIBILITY

1.1         Eligibility

(a)         General . An Employee shall be eligible to participate in this Plan only to the extent that he or she is in an Eligible Class.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b) below, the terms and conditions of eligibility shall be determined by reference to the Exhibit attached hereto which corresponds to the Employee’s Eligible Class. 

(b)         January 1, 2007 Plan Freeze .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan, including any applicable Exhibit, to the contrary, no salaried Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan after December 31, 2006.  An Inactive Participant who is reemployed by the Employer or a Participating Employer as a salaried Employee after December 31, 2006 shall not accrue additional benefits under the Plan.  

-  3  -


 

ARTICLE II.

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

2.1.         Payment of Contributions :  The Employer shall contribute to the Plan from time to time such amounts as the Plan Administrator and the Employer shall determine are necessary to provide Plan benefits.  Such amounts shall be determined under accepted actuarial methods and assumptions, and may be contributed in cash or property.

2.2.         Limitation on Contribution :  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer’s contribution for any Plan Year will not exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to the Employer under Code Section 404, except to the extent necessary to satisfy the minimum funding standard required under Code Section 412 or to correct an error, in which event, the Employee shall make a contribution to the Plan even if it causes the limitation under Code Section 404 to be exceeded.

2.3.         Time of Payment :  The Employer will pay to the Trustee its contribution to the Plan for each Plan Year, within the time prescribed by law, including extensions of time, for the filing of the Employer’s federal income tax return for the Fiscal Year.  In no event, however, will payment to the Trustee be made after the expiration of the time limit prescribed for satisfaction of the minimum funding requirements of Code Section 412.

2.4.         No Additional Liability :  The pension benefits to be provided under the Plan shall be only such as can be provided by the assets of the Trust Fund and, except as provided by law, there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of the Employer to make any further contributions to the Plan in the event of its termination.  Except as otherwise required by ERISA or other applicable law, no liability for the payment of benefits hereunder shall be imposed upon the Employer, or the officers, directors or stockholders of the Employer.

-  4  -


 

ARTICLE III.

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1.         Required Contributions :  The amount of contributions required of Participants as a condition for receiving benefits provided hereunder shall be determined by reference to the Exhibit that corresponds to the Participant’s classification and status.

-  5  -


 

ARTICLE IV.

PLAN BENEFITS

4.1.         Plan Benefits:

(a)         General .  A Participant’s benefits, including death and disability benefits, shall be determined by reference to the Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status; provided, however, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, including any applicable Exhibit, (i) effective December 12, 1994, benefits with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Code, and (ii) effective January 1, 2007, benefits for Participants in salaried portions of the Plan, including death and disability benefits, shall be subject to the modifications set forth in this Section 4.1.

(b)         Definitions .

(i)         Grandfathered Participant .  A Participant in a salaried portion of the Plan who, as of December 31, 2006, is actively employed (including on short term disability or an authorized leave of absence) or on long term disability at a participating division or location of Amphenol Corporation or a Participating Employer and is either:

a.        age 50 or older, with 15 or more Years of Vesting Service; or

b.        has 25 or more Years of Vesting Service. 

Solely for purposes of determining a Participant’s grandfathered status pursuant to this Section, Years of Vesting Service shall be determined using the rules set forth in the applicable Exhibit; provided, however, that references therein to, and provisions of, prior plan documents shall be disregarded.

(ii)         Non-Grandfathered Participant .  A Participant in a salaried portion of the Plan who is not a Grandfathered Participant.

(c)         Accrued Benefit .  Effective December 31, 2006, a Non-Grandfathered Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be frozen.  The following limitations shall apply when determining the Accrued Benefit of a Non-Grandfathered Participant under the Exhibit corresponding to the Non-Grandfathered Participant’s classification and status:

-  6  -


 

(i)         Compensation .  No Compensation paid after December 31, 2006 shall count under the Plan when determining a Non-Grandfathered Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation.

(ii)         Years of Accrual Service .  No period of employment with the Employer or a Participating Employer after December 31, 2006 shall count under the Plan when determining a Non-Grandfathered Participant’s Years of Accrual Service.

(iii)        Primary Social Security Retirement Benefit .  The Primary Social Security Retirement Benefit of a Non-Grandfathered Participant shall be determined as of December 31, 2006. 

The foregoing freeze shall not apply to Grandfathered Participants.

(d)         Amphenol Salaried (Exhibit A) Disability Benefit .  Effective January 1, 2007, no Participant shall be eligible to commence a disability retirement benefit pursuant to Section 4.5 of Exhibit A.  Effective January 1, 2007, a Grandfathered Participant who participates in the Amphenol Salaried portion of the Plan, shall be eligible for the disability retirement benefit set forth in Section 4.6 of Exhibit C if he or she meets the requirements thereof, provided that the amount of his or her disability retirement benefit at Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date, which shall include supplemental credits for the period of disability, shall otherwise be determined in accordance with Section 4.1 or 4.3 of Exhibit A, as applicable.

(e)         Amphenol Salaried (Exhibit A) Death Benefit .  Effective January 1, 2007, no Participant shall be eligible for a death benefit pursuant to Section 4.6 of Exhibit A.  Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant who dies prior to his or her Annuity Starting Date shall instead be eligible for the death benefits set forth in Section 4.7 of Exhibit C if he or she meets the requirements thereof, provided that the amount of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity or the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.1 or 4.3 of Exhibit A, as applicable.

(f)         LPL (Exhibit C) Disability Benefit .  Effective January 1, 2007, no Non-Grandfathered Participant shall be eligible to commence a disability retirement benefit pursuant to Section 4.6 of Exhibit C or any other provision of the Plan.

-  7  -


 

(g)         Sidney Salaried (Exhibit G) Disability Benefit .  Effective December 31, 2006, the Accrued Benefit of a Participant, for purposes of determining his or her disability retirement benefit pursuant to Section 4.5 of Exhibit G, shall be frozen.  The following limitations shall apply when determining such Accrued Benefit: 

(i)         Compensation .  No Compensation paid after December 31, 2006 shall count under the Plan when determining a Participant’s Average Monthly Compensation.

(ii)        Years of Accrual Service .  No period of employment with the Employer or a Participating Employer and no period of disability after December 31, 2006 shall count under the Plan when determining a Participant’s Years of Accrual Service.

Effective January 1, 2007, a Grandfathered Participant who participates in the Sidney Salaried portion of the Plan, shall be eligible, if he or she meets the requirements thereof, for the greater of:

(x)       the December 31, 2006 frozen disability retirement benefit set forth above, and

(y)       the disability retirement benefit set forth in Section 4.6 of Exhibit C, provided that the amount of his or her disability retirement benefit at Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date, which shall include supplemental credits for the period of disability, shall otherwise be determined in accordance with Section 4.1 or 4.3 of Exhibit G, as applicable.

(h)         Sidney Salaried (Exhibit G) Death Benefits .  Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant, other than a Participant who has commenced benefits under the Plan on or before December 31, 2006, shall not be eligible for any of the death benefits set forth in Section 4.6 of Exhibit G.  Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant who dies prior to his or her Annuity Starting Date shall instead be eligible for the death benefits set forth in Section 4.7 of Exhibit C if he or she meets the requirements thereof, provided that the amount of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity or the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.1 or 4.3 of Exhibit G, as applicable.

-  8  -


 

(i)         Sidney Salaried (Exhibit G) Special Medicare Benefit .  Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant, other than a Participant who has commenced benefits under the Plan on or before December 31, 2006, shall not be eligible for the Special Medicare Benefit set forth in Section 4.8 of Exhibit G. 

(j)         USERRA

(i)        Without limitation, in the case of a death occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code Section 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan as if the Participant has resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.

(ii)       For years beginning after December 31, 2008, an individual receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code Section 3401(h)(2), is treated as an Employee of the Employer making the payment.  Such differential wage payment is treated as Compensation, and the Plan is not treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code Section 414(u)(1)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the differential wage payment.

4.2.       Minimum Benefit for Top-Heavy Plan

(a)        The minimum Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions to be provided under this Section for each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant during a Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy Plan shall equal the product of (1) said Participant’s Compensation averaged over the five (5) consecutive Limitation Years (or actual number of Limitation Years, if less) which produce the highest average and (2) the lesser of (i) two percent (2%) multiplied by Years of Service or (ii) twenty percent (20%).

(b)        For purposes of providing the aforesaid minimum benefit under Code Section 416, a Non-Key Employee who is not a Participant solely because (1) his Compensation is below a stated amount or (2) he declined to make required contributions (if required) to the Plan will be considered to be a Participant.  Furthermore, such minimum benefit shall be provided regardless of whether such Non-Key Employee is employed on a specified date.

-  9  -


 

(c)        For purposes of this Section, Years of Service for any Plan Year beginning before January 1, 1984, or for any Plan Year during which the Plan was not a Top-Heavy Plan shall be disregarded.  Furthermore, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, for purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit requirements of Section 416(c)(1) of the Code and the Plan, in determining years of service with the Company, any service with the Company shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a Plan Year when the Plan benefits (within the meaning of Section 410(b) of the Code) no Key Employee or former Key Employee.

(d)        For purposes of this Section, Compensation for any Limitation Year ending in a Plan Year which began prior to January 1, 1984, subsequent to the last Limitation Year during which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, or in which the Participant failed to complete a Year of Service, shall be disregarded.

(e)        For the purposes of determining the top-heavy minimum benefit under this Section, Compensation shall be limited to $200,000 (as adjusted in such manner as permitted under Code Section 415(d)).

(f)        If the Article herein entitled “Payment of Benefits” provides for the Normal Retirement Benefit to be paid in form other than a single life annuity, the Accrued Benefit under this Section shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the minimum Accrued Benefit under (a) above.

(g)        If payment of the minimum Accrued Benefit commences at a date other than Normal Retirement Date, the minimum Accrued Benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the minimum Accrued Benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Date.

(h)        If a Non-Key Employee participants in this Plan and a defined contribution plan included in a Required Aggregation Group which is top-heavy, the minimum benefits shall be provided under this Plan.

(i)        The preceding provisions of this Section shall be inapplicable to the extent not required of this Plan pursuant to Code Section 416(i)(4).

4.3.        Non-Duplication of Benefits :  If an Inactive Participant who is no longer actively employed by the Employer again becomes actively employed by the Employer in the same Eligible Class, any such renewed participation shall not result in duplication of benefits.  Accordingly, if such Participant has received or was deemed to have received a distribution of a

-  10  -


 

vested Accrued Benefit under the Plan by reason of prior participation (and such distribution has not been repaid to the Plan with interest as described in the preceding paragraph within a period of the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or the close of the first period of five (5) consecutive Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution), his Accrued Benefit shall be reduced by the Accrued Benefit determined as of the date of distribution.

4.4.         Transfers, Service with Affiliated Employers :  The benefits provided hereunder as to an Employee who transfers employment to or from an Affiliated Employer or into another Eligible Class shall be determined by reference to this Article and the Article herein entitled “TRANSFERS; SERVICE WITH AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS.”

-  11  -


 

ARTICLE V.

LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS

5.1         Limitation of Benefits to Comply With Section 415 .   Effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, and notwithstanding any Plan provisions to the contrary, in no event may the maximum annual retirement benefit payable to a Participant under the Plan and any other defined benefit plan of the Employer or an Affiliated Employer at any time within the Limitation Year exceed the limitations contained in Code Section 415 (as amended from time to time, including, without limitation, P.L. 108-218, the Pension Funding Equity Act of 2004, P.L. 109-280, the Pension Protection Act of 2006, and P.L. 110-458, the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008) and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder, which are hereby incorporated by reference, including, without limitation, the following definition of compensation as set out therein:

The term “compensation” for purposes of compliance with the limitations under Code Section 415 shall include the following:

(i)        wages as reported for purposes of federal income tax on Form W-2;

(ii)       elective deferrals as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code and salary reduction contributions of the Participant not includible in his or her gross income by reason of Section 125 (including amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage) or Section 132(f) of the Code; and

(iii)       compensation paid after severance from employment as set out in Treas. Reg. § 1.415(c)-2(e)(3).

5.2         Minimum Funding Requirements .  Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007 (or such later applicable effective date as permitted for the Plan by any applicable guidance issued by the IRS) the minimum funding requirements for the Plan shall be determined under the applicable provisions of Code Sections 412 and 430.

5.3         Funding Based Restrictions .   Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007 (or such later applicable effective date as permitted for the Plan under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 for plans

-  12  -


 

maintained pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement and/or any applicable guidance issued by the IRS), funding based limits on Plan benefits and distributions from the Plan shall be determined in accordance with Section 436 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the applicable provisions of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Specifically, with respect to and in furtherance of the foregoing incorporation:

(a)         Restriction on Payment of Contingent Event Benefits . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, and except as otherwise permitted by Code Sections 436(b)(2), the Plan shall not provide any Participant with an Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefit with respect to an Unpredictable Contingent Event occurring during a Plan Year if the AFTAP for such Plan Year is less than 60 percent (or the AFTAP would be less than 60 percent as a result of payment of such Unpredictable Contingent Event benefit). Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits disallowed under the Plan during a Code Section 436(b) restriction period shall not be paid to Participants upon expiration of the restriction period, except as authorized by a Plan amendment that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 436(c), or as otherwise required under Treasury Regulation 1.436-1.

The provisions of this Subsection 5.3(a) will cease to apply as of the date the plan sponsor (i) makes a contribution described in Code Section 436(b)(2), or (ii) provides security to the Plan, or elects, or is deemed to elect, to reduce funding balances as described in Code Section 436(f), to enable the AFTAP for the Plan Year to reach 60%, as certified by the enrolled actuary and as otherwise required under Treasury Regulation 1.436-1(f).

(b)         Restriction on Amendments Increasing Plan Liabilities . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, and except as otherwise permitted by Code Sections 436(c)(2), (c)(3), and (f), no amendment to the Plan that has the effect of increasing liabilities of the Plan by reason of increases in benefits, establishment of new benefits, changing the rate of benefit accrual, or changing the rate at which benefits become nonforfeitable is permitted to take effect if the AFTAP for the Plan Year is less than 80 percent (or is 80 percent or more but would be less than 80 percent if the benefits attributable to the amendment were taken into account in determining the AFTAP), or as otherwise required under Treasury Regulation 1.436-1.

-  13  -


 

The provisions of this Subsection 5.3(b) will not apply to any amendment which provides for an increase in benefits under a formula which is not based on the Participant’s compensation, but only if the rate of such increase in benefits does not exceed the contemporaneous rate of increase in average wages of Participants covered by the amendment.

The provisions of this Subsection 5.3(b) will cease to apply as of the date the plan sponsor (i) makes a contribution described in Code Section 436(c)(2), or (ii) provides security to the Plan, or elects, or is deemed to elect, to reduce funding balances as described in Code Section 436(f) to enable the AFTAP for the Plan Year to reach 80%, as certified by the enrolled actuary and as otherwise required under Treasury Regulation 1.436-1(f).

(c)         Limitations on accelerated benefit distributions . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, and except as otherwise permitted by Code Section 436(f):

(i)         Funding percentage less than 60 percent . In accordance with Code Section 436(d)(1), if the Plan’s AFTAP for a Plan Year is less than 60 percent, a Participant or beneficiary shall not be permitted to elect an optional form of benefit that includes a Prohibited Payment and the Plan shall not pay any Prohibited Payment with an Annuity Commencement Date on or after the applicable Measurement Date. If a Participant or beneficiary requests such a Prohibited Payment distribution, the Plan shall permit the Participant or beneficiary to elect another form of benefit payment available under the Plan that is not a Prohibited Payment or to defer payment to a later date to the extent permissible under the Code. The provisions of this Subsection 5.3(c)(i) will not apply with respect to benefits payable to a Participant whose Annuity Commencement Date is on or after the date the enrolled actuary certifies that the AFTAP for the Plan Year is at least 60%.  

(ii)        Bankruptcy . In accordance with Code Section 436(d)(2), a Participant or beneficiary shall not be permitted to elect an optional form of benefit that includes a Prohibited Payment and the Plan shall not pay any Prohibited Payment with respect to an Annuity Commencement Date occurring

-  14  -


 

during any period in which the Company is a debtor in a case under Title 11, United States Code (or similar federal or state law), until the date on which the enrolled actuary certifies that the Plan’s AFTAP is not less than 100 percent.

(iii)        Limited payment if percentage at least 60 percent but less than 80 percent . The following rules shall apply:

(A)         General .  In accordance with Code Section 436(d)(3)(A), in any case in which the Plan's AFTAP for a Plan Year is 60 percent or greater but less than 80 percent, a Participant or beneficiary shall not be permitted to elect an optional form of benefit that includes a Prohibited Payment and the Plan may not pay any Prohibited Payment to a Participant or beneficiary after the applicable Measurement Date unless it qualifies as an “unrestricted portion”, meaning the present value of the portion of the benefit that is being paid in a Prohibited Payment does not exceed the lesser of (i) 50 percent of the present value of the Participant’s Plan benefits under the optional form of benefit which includes the prohibited payment, or (ii) 100 percent of the present value of the maximum PBGC guarantee with respect to the Participant under Section 4022 of ERISA (as described in Treasury Regulation 1.436-1(d)(3)(iii)(B)). For this purpose, present values are determined using the rules of Code Section 417(e).

(B)         Bifurcation Rules .  Reserved.

(C)        Reserved.

(D)        Reserved.

(E)        For purposes of determining the limitations on accelerated payments under Code Section 436(d)(3), a Participant and his or her beneficiary shall be treated as a single Participant, and the Participant’s accrued benefit shall be allocated as set forth in Code Section 436(d)(3)(B)(ii).

(F)        The provisions of this Subsection 5.3(c)(iii) will not apply with respect to benefits payable to a Participant whose Annuity

-  15  -


 

Commencement Date is on or after the date the enrolled actuary certifies that the AFTAP for the Plan Year is at least 80%.  

(d)         Restriction on Accruals . Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, and except as otherwise permitted by Code Sections 436(e)(2) and (f), if the Plan’s AFTAP is less than 60 percent for a Plan Year, all benefit accruals under the Plan shall cease as of the applicable Measurement Date pursuant to Code Section 436(e)(1); provided, however, for the 2009 Plan Year, this paragraph (d) shall be applied by substituting the Plan’s AFTAP for the preceding Plan Year for the Plan’s AFTAP for the 2009 Plan Year, but only if the AFTAP for the preceding Plan Year is greater. If the Plan is required to cease benefit accruals pursuant to Code Section 436(e):

(i)        During such restriction period, the Plan may not be amended in a manner that would increase the liabilities of the Plan by reason of an increase in benefits or establishment of new benefits, regardless of whether such amendment would otherwise be permissible under Code Section 436(c)(3); and

(ii)       Unless the Plan has been duly amended to provide otherwise, benefit accruals shall resume under the Plan as of the Measurement Date on which benefit accruals are no longer restricted, as set forth in the regulations promulgated under Code Section 436.

(iii)      Benefit accruals disallowed under the Plan during a Code Section 436(e) restriction period shall not be credited under the Plan upon expiration of the restriction period except as authorized by a duly adopted Plan amendment, which amendment must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 436(c) and Treasury Regulation 1.436-1.

(iv)      The provisions of this Subsection 5.3(d) will cease to apply as of the date the plan sponsor (i) makes a contribution described in Code Section 436(e)(2), or (ii) provides security to the Plan, or elects, or is deemed to elect, to reduce funding balances as described in Code Section 436(f), to enable the AFTAP for the Plan Year to reach 60%, as certified by the enrolled actuary and as otherwise required under Treasury Regulation 1.436-1(f).

-  16  -


 

(e)         Special Rules of Operation for Periods Prior to and After Certification.

(i)         Periods Prior to Certification During Which a Presumption Applies.  For any period during which a presumption under Code Section 436(h) and Treasury Regulation Sections 1.436-1(h)(1), (2) or (3) applies to the Plan, the limitations under Sections 5.3(a), (b), (c) and (d) shall be applied to the Plan as if the AFTAP for the year were the presumed AFTAP determined under the rules of Code Section 436(h) and Treasury Regulation Sections 1.436-1(h)(1), (2) or (3), as applicable, updated to take into account certain Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefits and Plan amendments in accordance with Code Section 436 and Treasury Regulation Section 1.436-1(g).

(ii)         Periods After Certification of AFTAP.  Subsection 5.3(e)(i) shall no longer apply for a Plan Year on and after the date an enrolled actuary for the Plan issues a certification of the AFTAP of the Plan for the current Plan Year, provided that the certification is issued before the first day of the tenth (10 th ) month of the Plan Year.  For example, the limitations on Prohibited Payments under Subsection 5.3(e)(i) shall apply for distributions with Annuity Starting Dates on and after the date of such certification using the certified AFTAP of the Plan for the Plan Year.  Similarly, the prohibitions on accruals under Subsection 5.3(d) as a result of the enrolled actuary’s certification that the AFTAP of the Plan for the Plan Year is less than sixty percent (60%) shall be effective as of the date of the certification, and any prohibition on accruals shall cease to be effective on the date the enrolled actuary issues a certification that the AFTAP for the Plan for the Plan Year is at least sixty percent (60%).

(f)         Anticutback Code Section 411(d)(6) Relief.  As provided in Section 1107 of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, application of the restrictions set forth in this Section 5.3 shall not cause the Plan to fail to meet the requirements of Code Section 411(d)(6).  In the event of a restriction under the Plan pursuant to Code Section 436 that affects a Participant’s right to receive a benefit or distribution of a benefit, or to elect an optional form of payment under the Plan, or that reduces the amount of benefit payable to a Participant, such restrictions shall not constitute an impermissible cutback within the meaning of Code Section 411(d)(6).

-  17  -


 

(g)         Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5.3, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed below:

(i)        “AFTAP” means the adjusted funding target attainment percentage as defined in Code Section 436(j)(2) and Treasury Regulation 1.436-1(j).

(ii)        “Annuity Commencement Date” means for purposes of Code Section 436(d):

(A)        The first day of the first period for which an amount is payable as an annuity as described in Code Section 417(f)(2)(A)(i),

(B)        In the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the annuity starting date for the qualified joint and survivor annuity that is payable under the Plan at the same time as the benefit that is not payable as an annuity,

(C)        In the case of an amount payable under a retroactive annuity start date, the benefit commencement date,

(D)        The date of any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits under plan, and

(E)        The date of any transfer to another plan described in (g)(iv)(C) below.

(iii)       “Measurement Date” means any applicable Code Section 436 measurement date, which is a date that is used to stop or start the application of the limitations of Code Sections 436(d) and 436(e), and used for calculations with respect to applying the limitations of Code Section 436(b) and (c), as such dates are defined for a Plan Year under Code Section 436 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(iv)       “Prohibited Payment” means:

(A)        Any payment for a month that is in excess of the monthly amount paid under a single life annuity (plus any social security supplements described in the last sentence of Code Section 411(a)(9)), to a Participant or beneficiary whose Annuity Commencement Date occurs during any period that a limitation on accelerated benefit payments is in effect,

-  18  -


 

(B)        Any payment for the purchase of an irrevocable commitment from an insurer to pay benefits,

(C)        Any transfer of assets and liabilities to another plan maintained by the same employer (or by any member of the employer’s controlled group) that is made in order to avoid or terminate the application of section 436 benefit limitations, and

(D)        Any other payment that is identified as a prohibited payment by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service in revenue rulings and procedures, notices and other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin.

A Prohibited Payment shall not include the payment of a benefit which under Code Section 411(a)(11) may be immediately distributed without the consent of the Participant.

(v)        “Unpredictable Contingent Event” means:

(A)        A plant shutdown (whether full or partial) or a similar event, or

(B)        An event (including the absence of an event) other than attainment of any age, performance of any service, receipt or derivation of compensation, or the occurrence of death or disability.

(vi)        “Unpredictable Contingent Event Benefit” means a benefit payable solely by reason of an Unpredictable Contingent Event.”

(h)         Special Rule for Certain Years .

(i)        With respect to an applicable provision, the determination of AFTAP shall be subject to Section 203(a)(2) of the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010.

(ii)        For purposes of this paragraph (h), the term “applicable provision” means:

(A)        Paragraph (c) of this Section 5.3, but only for purposes of applying such paragraph to a payment which, as determined under the rules prescribed by the Secretary of Treasury, is a payment under a Social Security leveling option which accelerates payments under the Plan

-  19  -


 

before, and reduces payments after a Participant start receiving Social Security benefits in order to provide substantially similar aggregate payments both before and after such benefits are received; and

(B)        Paragraph (d) of this Section 5.3.

-  20  -


 

ARTICLE VI.

VESTING

6.1.         Vesting Rights :  A Participant will acquire a vested and nonforfeitable interest in his or her Accrued Benefit attributable to Employer contributions in accordance with the Exhibit attached hereto which corresponds to the Participant’s classification and status.

6.2.         Top-Heavy Vesting :  Notwithstanding the vesting provided for above, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the vested portion of the Accrued Benefit of any Participant who has one (1) Hour of Service after the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan will be a percentage of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit determined on the basis of the Participant’s number of Years of Vesting Service according to the schedule included in the Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status.

6.3.         Service Computation Period; Service Credit

For vesting purposes, Years of Vesting Service, Breaks in Service and any other conditions relative to vesting shall be determined by reference to the Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status.

6.4.         Amendment of Vesting Schedule :  If the Plan’s vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change.  For Participants who do not have at least one (1) Hour of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding sentence will be applied by the substitution of “5 Years of Service” for “3 Years of Service” where such language appears. 

The period during which the election may be made will commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and will end on the latest of:

(a)        sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;

(b)        sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or

(c)        sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

-  21  -


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such change in the Plan’s vesting schedule or computation of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage shall apply to a Participant unless such Participant is credited with an Hour of Service on or after the date of the change.

6.5.         Amendments Affecting Vested and/or Accrued Benefit .  No amendment to the Plan will be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s Accrued Benefit.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant’s Accrued Benefit may be reduced to the extent permitted under Section 412(c) (8) of the Code.  For purposes of this Section, a Plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant’s Accrued Benefit or eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to service before the amendment will be treated as reducing an Accrued Benefit.  Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee’s right to his or her Employer-provided Accrued Benefit will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

6.6.         No Divestiture for Cause :  Amounts vested pursuant to this Section shall not be subjected to divestiture for cause.

-  22  -


 

ARTICLE VII.

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

7.1.         Notice :  The Plan Administrator shall provide the Participant with a notice of rights of payment no less than thirty (30) and no more than one hundred and eighty (180) days before the Participant’s Annuity Starting Date.  Such notice shall be in writing and shall set forth the following information: 

(a)        an explanation of the eligibility requirements for, the material features of, and the relative values of the alternate forms of benefits available hereunder; and

(b)        the Participant’s right to defer receipt of a Plan distribution.

Such notice shall be given to the Participant in person or shall be mailed to the Participant’s current address as reflected in the Employer’s records.

7.1A       Right to Elect Retroactive Annuity Start Date

(a)        Notwithstanding the above, if timely description and notification has not been provided to a Participant, the Plan Administrator may permit the Participant to elect a retroactive annuity starting date in accordance with Section 417(a)(7) of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder; provided that to the extent the Participant’s Spouse’s consent (or the alternate payee’s if he or she is treated as a Spouse under a qualified domestic relations order) is required by Reg. 1.417(e)-1(b)(3)(v)(A), such consent is received in a manner satisfying the requirements of section 417(a)(2) of the Code.

(b)        Payments in accordance with a retroactive annuity starting date shall include a make-up payment to reflect any missed monthly payments for the period from the retroactive annuity starting date to the date of the actual make-up payment (with an appropriate adjustment for interest from the date the missed payment or payments would have been made to the date of the actual make-up payment).  If the Participant does not affirmatively elect to commence payments as of the applicable retroactive annuity starting date in the time and manner prescribed by the Administrator or if no required spousal consent is obtained, then payments shall commence based on a prospective annuity starting date with no make-up payment, and shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of the Plan other than this Section 7.1A.

-  23  -


 

(c)        The Plan Administrator may impose conditions on the availability to a Participant of the right to elect a retroactive annuity starting date, provided said additional conditions do not violate any otherwise applicable rule to qualified plans.

(d)        In no event shall a Participant’s retroactive annuity starting date be earlier than the date that a Participant could have otherwise started to receive his or her benefits under the terms of the Plan in effect as of the retroactive annuity starting date.

(e)        In a case where  Participant’s Spouse as of the retroactive annuity starting date is not the Participant’s Spouse determined as of the date distributions commence, the consent of that former Spouse is not required, except to the extent the terms of a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code otherwise provides). 

(f)        With respect to the Plan’s requirements as to timing of notices and consents, the date of the first actual payment of benefits based on the retroactive annuity starting date shall be used in lieu of the retroactive annuity starting date for purposes of all such applicable provisions under the Plan, except that the retroactive annuity starting date shall continue to apply for purposes of Treas. Reg. 1.417(e)-1(b)(3)(iii). 

7.2.        Waiver of Thirty (30) Day Notice Period :

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1 above, such distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under Regulation Section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that:

(a)        the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option);

(b)        the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects the distribution; and

(c)        to the extent applicable, the requirements of Section 8.4 are satisfied.

7.3.        Form of Payment .   The automatic form of retirement benefit, and any optional forms of benefits shall be determined by reference to the Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status; provided, however, that in addition to such optional forms of benefits set forth in the applicable Exhibit, effective January 1, 2008, a Participant in any

-  24  -


 

portion of the Plan may elect a joint & 75% survivor annuity, in accordance with the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity rules of Internal Revenue Code § 417. 

7.4.        Actuarial Equivalent Benefit

Except to the extent a Participant’s benefits are suspended in accordance with the rules set forth in the Section below captioned “Suspension of Benefits”, or as otherwise specifically set forth herein, the amount of any form of benefit under the terms of this Plan will be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit in the Normal Form commencing at Normal Retirement Age.

7.5.        Payment Without Participant Consent

(a)        Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997, with respect to Accrued Benefits payable by reference to an Exhibit which provided for the immediate cash-out of de minimis benefits prior to January 1, 1998, if the Actuarial Equivalent present value of Participant's vested Accrued Benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000, the Participant or beneficiary entitled to such benefit will receive a single sum distribution of cash or property of the Actuarial Equivalent value of the entire vested Accrued Benefit ;   provided, however, that effective March 28, 2005, in the event of a mandatory distribution to a Participant in excess of $1,000, the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator if the Participant does not elect to receive the distribution in cash or have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan that he or she specifies.  If the value of a Participant's Vested Accrued Benefit exceeded $5,000 at the time of any distribution under the Plan, the value of the benefit shall be deemed to exceed $5,000 at all times thereafter until March 22, 1999.  If the Participant has no vested interest in a benefit, the Participant shall be deemed to have a distribution of zero dollars on the Participant's termination from service date.  This provision is applicable to all distributions under the Plan, including any death benefit. 

(b)        In the event that the Participant has terminated employment and the Participant (and the Participant’s Spouse, if applicable) neither consents to receive a Plan distribution nor elects to defer receipt of a Plan distribution, the Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be distributed in the Automatic Form as soon as practicable thereafter, but

-  25  -


 

in no event before the date the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age, if such vested Accrued Benefits exceeds $3,500, or, effective January 1, 1998, $5,000 or such greater amount as permitted under the Code.

(c)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may, upon the Participant’s termination of employment, distribute an annuity contract to the Participant which provides that payments thereunder shall not commence until a later date if such annuity contract satisfies the requirements of Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. 

7.6.        Restrictions on Immediate Distributions

(a)        An Accrued Benefit is immediately distributable if any part of the Accrued Benefit could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving Spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained whether or not deceased) the later of the Normal Retirement Age or age sixty-two (62).

(b)        If the present value of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds $3,500, or, effective January 1, 1998, $5,000 or such greater amount as permitted under the Code, and the Accrued Benefit is immediately distributable, the Participant and his or her Spouse (or where either the Participant or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any distribution of such Accrued Benefit.  The consent of the Participant and the Spouse shall be obtained in writing within the 180-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date.  The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse of the right to defer any distribution until the Participant’s Accrued Benefit is no longer immediately distributable.  Such notification shall include a general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3), and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date

(c)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant need consent to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity while the Accrued Benefit is immediately distributable.  Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Participant’s Spouse shall be required to the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) or Code Section 415.

-  26  -


 

7.7.         Limitation of Benefits on Plan Termination :   The restrictions of paragraphs (a) and (b) below are included solely to meet the requirements of Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)4-5(c).  If the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) below are no longer necessary to qualify the Plan under said Proposed Regulation or the Code, said paragraphs (a) and (b) shall be ineffective without the necessity of further amendment. 

(a)        In the event that the Plan is terminated, the benefit of each Highly Compensated Participant and each former Highly Compensated Employee shall be limited to a benefit which is nondiscriminatory within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder.

(b)        For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1993, the monthly payments made from the Plan to Highly Compensated Employees and to former Highly Compensated Employees who are among the twenty-five most highly paid Employees with the greatest Compensation in the current or any prior year, shall be limited to an amount equal to the monthly payments that would be made on behalf of the Employee under a Straight Life Annuity that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the sum of the Employee’s Accrued Benefit, the Employee’s other benefits under the Plan (other than a social security supplement, within the meaning of Section 1.411(a)-7(c)(4)(ii) of the Regulations), and the amount the Employee is entitled to receive under a social security supplement.

The restrictions of this paragraph (b) shall not apply, however, if

(1)        after payment of benefits to an Employee described above, the value of Plan assets equals or exceeds one hundred ten percent (110%) of the value of current liabilities, as defined in Code Section 412(d)(7),

(2)        the value of benefits provided under the Plan for an Employee described above is less than one percent (1%) of the value of current liabilities before distribution, or

(3)        the value of the benefits payable under the Plan to any Employee described above does not exceed $3,500, or, effective January 1, 1998, $5,000 or such greater amount as permitted under the Code.

(c)        For purposes of this Section, the term “benefit” shall include loans in excess of the amounts set forth in Code Section 72(p)(2)(A), any periodic income, any

-  27  -


 

withdrawal values payable to a living Employee and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the Employee’s life.

An Employee’s otherwise restricted benefit may be distributed in full to the affected Employee if prior to receipt of the restricted amount the Employee enters into a written agreement with the Plan Administrator to secure repayment to the Plan of the restricted amount.  The restricted amount is the excess of the amounts distributed to the Employee (accumulated with reasonable interest) over the amounts that could have been distributed to the Employee under the Normal Form described in Section 4.1 of the Plan (accumulated with reasonable interest).  The Employee may secure repayment of the restricted amount upon distribution by:  (1) entering into an agreement for promptly depositing in escrow with an acceptable depositary property having a fair market value equal to at least one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the restricted amount, (2) providing a bank letter of credit in an amount equal to at least one hundred percent (100%) of the restricted amount, or (3) posting a bond equal to at least one hundred percent (100%) of the restricted amount.  If the Employee elects to post bond, the bond will be furnished by an insurance company, bonding company or other surety for federal bonds. 

The escrow arrangement may provide that an Employee may withdraw amounts in excess of one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the restricted amount.  If the market value of the property in an escrow account falls below one hundred ten percent (110%) of the remaining restricted amount, the Employee must deposit additional property to bring the value of the property held by the depositary up to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the restricted amount.  The escrow arrangement may provide that Employee may have the right to receive any income from the property placed in escrow, subject to the Employee’s obligation to deposit additional property, as set forth in the preceding sentence. 

A surety or bank may release any liability on a bond or letter of credit in excess of one hundred percent (100%) of the restricted amount.

If the Plan Administrator certifies to the depositary, surety or bank that the Employee (or the Employee’s estate) is no longer obligated to repay any restricted amount, a depositary may redeliver to the Employee any property held under an escrow agreement, and a surety or bank may release any liability on an Employee’s bond or letter of credit.

7.8.        Early Plan Termination Restrictions :     Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, prior to the Plan Year beginning on January 1, 1993, and during the first ten (10)

-  28  -


 

years after the effective date hereof, and if full current costs had not been met at the end of the first ten (10) years, until said full current costs are Net, the benefits provided by the Employer’s contributions for the Participants whose anticipated annual retirement benefit at Normal Retirement Date exceeds $1,500 and who at the effective date of the Plan were among the twenty-five (25) highest paid Employees of the Employer will be subject to the conditions set forth in the following provisions. 

(a)        The benefit payable to a Participant described in this Section or his Beneficiary shall not exceed the greater of the following:

(1)        those benefits purchasable by the greater of (i) $20,000, or (ii) an amount equal to 20% of the first $50,000 of the Participant’s annual Compensation multiplied by the number of years from the effective date of the Plan to the earlier of (A) the date of termination of the Plan, or (B) the date the benefit of the Participant becomes payable or (C) the date of a failure on the part of the Employer to meet the full current costs of the Plan; or

(2)        if a Participant is a “substantial owner” (as defined in ERISA Section 4022(b)(5)(A)), the present value of the benefit guaranteed for “substantial owners” under ERISA Section 4022, or

(3)        if the Participant is not a “substantial owner”, the present value of the maximum benefit provided in ERISA Section 4022(b)(3)(B), determined on the date the Plan terminates or on the date benefits commence, whichever is earlier and in accordance with regulations of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

(b)        If the Plan is terminated or the full current costs thereof have not been met at any time within ten (10) years after the effective date, the benefits which any of the Participants described in this Section may receive from the Employer’s contribution shall not exceed the benefits set forth in paragraph (a) above.  If at the end of the first ten (10) years the full current costs are not met, the restrictions will continue to apply until the full current costs are funded for the first time. 

(c)        If a Participant described in this Section leaves the employ of the Employer of withdraws from participation in the Plan when the full current costs have been met, the benefits which he may receive from the Employer contributions shall not at

-  29  -


 

any time within the first ten (10) years after the effective date exceed the benefits set forth in paragraph (a) above, except as provided in paragraph (i) below.

(d)        These conditions shall not restrict the full payment of any survivor’s benefits on behalf of a Participant who dies while in the Plan and the full current costs have been met.

(e)        These conditions shall not restrict the current payment of full retirement benefits called for by the Plan for any retired Participant while the Plan is in full effect and its full current costs have been met, provided an agreement, adequately secured, guarantees the repayment of any part of the distribution that is or may become restricted.

(f)        If the benefits of, or with respect to, any Participant shall have been suspended or limited in accordance with the limitations of paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) above because the full current costs of the Plan shall not then have been met, and if such full current costs shall thereafter be met, then the full amount of the benefits payable to such Participant shall be resumed and the parts of such benefits which have been suspended shall then be paid in full.

(g)        Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, if on the termination of the Plan within the first ten (10) years after the effective date, the funds, contracts, or other property under the Plan are mot than sufficient to provide Accrued Benefits for Participants and their Beneficiaries including full benefits for all Participants other than such of the twenty-five (25) highest paid Employees as are still in the service of the Employer and also including Accrued Benefits as limited by this Section for such twenty-five (25) highest paid Employees, then any excess of such funds, contracts, and property shall be used to provide Accrued Benefits for the twenty-five (25) highest paid Employees in excess of such limitations of this Section up to the Accrued Benefits to which such Employees would be entitled without such limitations.

(h)        In the event that Congress should provide by statutes, or the Treasury Department or the Internal Revenue Services should provide by regulation or ruling, that the limitations provided for in this Article are no longer necessary in order to meet the requirement for a qualified plan under the Code as then in effect, the limitations in this Article shall become void and shall no longer apply without the necessity of amendment to this Plan.

-  30  -


 

(i)        In the event a lump-sum distribution is made to any Employee subject to the above restrictions in an amount in excess of that amount otherwise permitted under this Article, an agreement shall be made, with adequate security guaranteeing repayment of any amount of the distribution that is restricted.  Adequate security shall mean property having a fair market value of at least one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the amount which would be repayable if the Plan had terminated on the date of distribution of such lump sum.  If the fair market value of the property falls below on hundred ten percent (110%) of the amount which would then be repayable if the Plan were then to terminate, the distributee shall deposit additional property to bring the value of the property to one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of such amount. 

In the event of the termination of partial termination of this Plan, the rights of all affected Employees to benefits accrued to the date of such termination or partial termination (to the extent funded as of such date) shall be nonforfeitable.

7.9.        Suspension of Benefits

(a)        Normal or early retirement benefits in pay status will be suspended for each calendar month during which the Employee completes at least 40 Hours of Service as defined in Section 203(a)(3)(B) of ERISA.  Consequently, the amount of benefits which are paid later than Normal Retirement Age will be computed without regard to amounts which were suspended under the preceding sentence, i.e. as if the Employee had been receiving benefits since Normal Retirement Age.

(b)        Resumption of Payment.  If benefit payments have been suspended, payments shall resume no later than the first day of the third calendar month after the calendar month in which the Employee ceases to be employed in “service” as defined in ERISA Section 203(a)(3)(B).  This initial payment upon resumption shall include the payment scheduled to occur in the calendar month when payments resume and any amounts withheld during the period between the cessation of “service” under Section 203(a)(3)(B) of ERISA and the resumption of payments.

(c)        Notification.  No payment shall be withheld by the Plan pursuant to this Section unless the Plan Administration notifies the Employee by personal delivery or first class mail during the first calendar month or payroll period in which the Plan withholds payments that such Employee’s benefits are suspended.  Such notification shall contain a

-  31  -


 

description of the specific reasons why benefit payments are being suspended, a description of the Plan provision relating to the suspension of payments, a copy of such provisions, and a statement to the effect that applicable Department of Labor regulations may be found in Section 2530.203-3 of Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

In addition, the notice shall inform the Employee of the Plan’s procedures for affording a review of the suspension of benefits.  Requests for such reviews may be considered in accordance with the claims procedure adopted by the Plan pursuant to Section 503 of ERISA and applicable regulations.

(d)        Amount Suspended.

(1)        Annuity Payments.  In the case of benefits payable periodically as a monthly basis for as long as a life (or lives) continues, such as a Straight Life Annuity of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, an amount equal to the portion of a monthly benefit payment derived from Employer contributions.

(2)        Other Benefit Forms.  In the case of a benefit payable in a form other than the form described in subsection (1) above, an amount equal to the Employer-provided portion of benefit payments for a calendar month in which the Employee is employed in ERISA Section 203(a)(3)(B) service, equal to the lesser of

(i)        The amount of benefits which would have been payable to the Employee if he or she had been receiving monthly benefits under the Plan since actual retirement based on a Straight Life Annuity commencing at actual retirement age; or

(ii)        The actual amount paid or scheduled to be paid to the Employee for such month.

Payments which are scheduled to be paid less frequently than monthly may be converted to monthly payments.

(e)        Minimum Benefits.        This Section does not apply to the minimum benefit to which the participant is entitled under the top-heavy rules of the Section entitled “Minimum Benefit for Top-Heavy Plan”.

-  32  -


 

7.10.      Restrictions on Commencement Of Retirement Benefits:

(a)        Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of benefits will begin no later than the 60 th day after the later of the close of the Plan Year in which:

(1)        the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

(2)        occurs the 10 th anniversary of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participated in the Plan; or

(3)        the Participant terminates services with the Employer.

(b)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and the Participant’s Spouse, if any, to consent to a distribution while a benefit is payable under the Article entitled “Plan Benefits”, will be deemed an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this paragraph.

7.11.       Minimum Distribution Requirements :   All distributions required under this Article will be determined and made in accordance with the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit rules found at Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the term “required beginning date” means the pre-Small Business Job Protection Act required beginning date of April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 regardless of whether the Participant is a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416).  Life expectancy and joint and last survivor life expectancy are computed by using the expected return multiples found in Tables V and VI of Regulations Section 1.72-9.

(a)        Required Beginning Date:  The entire interest of a Participant must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Participant’s required beginning date.

(1)        General Rule:  The “required beginning date” of a Participant is the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participants attains age 70 1 / 2 .

(2)        Transitional Rules:  The required beginning date of a Participant who attains age 70 1 / 2 before 1988 will be determined in accordance with (i) or (ii) below:

(i)        Non-5-percent owners:  The required beginning date of a Participant who is not a 5-percent owner is the first day of April of the

-  33  -


 

calendar year following the calendar year in which occurs the later of requirement or attainment of age 70 1 / 2 .  The required beginning date of a Participant who is not a 5-percent owner who attains age 70 1 / 2 during 1988 and who has not retired as of January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.

(ii)        5-percent owners:  The required beginning date of a Participant who is a 5-percent owner during any year beginning after December 31, 1979 is the first day of April following the later of:

(A)        the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , or

(B)        the earlier of the calendar year with or within which ends the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes a 5-percent owner, or the calendar year in which the Participant retires.

(3)        A Participant is treated as a 5-percent owner for purposes of this paragraph if such Participant is a 5-percent owner as defined in Code Section 416(i) (determined in accordance with Code Section 416 but without regard to whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 66 1 / 2 or at any subsequent Plan Year.

(4)        Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent owner under this paragraph, distributions must continue, even if the Participant ceases to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

(b)        Limits On Distribution Periods:  As of the first distribution calendar year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may only be made over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof):

(1)        the life of the Participant;

(2)        the life of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary;

(3)        a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant; or

(4)        a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary.

(c)        Required Distributions On Or After The Required Beginning Date:

-  34  -


 

(1)        If a Participant’s benefit is to be distributed over (i) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or (ii) a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the designated Beneficiary, the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning with distributions for the first distribution calendar year, must at least equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Accrued Benefit by the Applicable Life Expectancy.

(2)        For calendar years beginning before 1989, if the Participant’s Spouse is not the designated Beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must have assured that at least 50% of the Present Value of the Accrued Benefit available for distribution was to be paid within the life expectancy of the Participant.

(3)        For calendar years beginning after 1988, the amount to be distributed each year, beginning with distributions for the first distribution calendar year, will not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Accrued Benefit by the lesser of (i) the applicable life expectancy, or (ii) if the Participant’s Spouse is not the designated Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from the table set forth in Q&A-4 of the Proposed Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.  Distributions after the death of the Participant will be distributed using the “applicable life expectancy” as the relevant divisor without regard to Proposed Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

(4)        The minimum distribution required for the Participant’s first distribution calendar year must be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date.  The minimum distribution for other calendar years, including the minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar years.

(5)        If the Participant’s Accrued Benefit is to be distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, no such annuity contract will be purchased unless the distributions thereunder will be made in accordance

-  35  -


 

with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Proposed Regulations thereunder.

(6)        For purposes of determining the amount of the required distribution for the first distribution calendar year, the Accrued Benefit to be used will be the Accrued Benefit as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the first distribution calendar year.  For all other years, the Accrued Benefit will be determined as of the last Valuation Date preceding such distribution calendar year.

For purposes of this paragraph, if any portion of the minimum distribution for the first distribution calendar is made in the second distribution calendar year on or before the required beginning date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in the second distribution calendar year will be treated as if it had been made in the immediately preceding distribution calendar year for purposes of determining the Accrued Benefit.

7.12.      TEFRA Election Transitional Rule

(a)        Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Article and subject to the requirements of the Article herein entitled “Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements”, distribution on behalf of any Participant, including 5-percent owner, will be made in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):

(1)        The distribution by the Trust Fund is one which would not have disqualified the Trust Fund under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984;

(2)        The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest in the Trust Fund is being distributed or, if the Participants is deceased, by the Beneficiary of the Participant.

(3)        Such designation was made in writing, was signed by the Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984;

(4)        The Participant has accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983; and

(5)        The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distributions will commence, the period

-  36  -


 

over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant’s death, the beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of priority.

(b)        A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant.

(c)        For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Participant or the Beneficiary to whom such distributions is being made will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in the sub-paragraphs of (a) above.

(d)        If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Proposed Regulations thereunder.  If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Proposed Regulations thereunder, but for an election under the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (“TEFRA”) Section 242(b)(2).  For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements in Regulations Section 1.401(a)(9)-2.  Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation.  However, the mere substitution or addition of another beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the designation so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).  If an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Q&A 1-2 and Q&A 1-3 of Proposed Treasury Regulations 1.401(a)(9)-2 will apply.

7.13.       Distribution of Death Benefit

(a)        Beneficiary Designation:  Each Participant will file a written designation of Beneficiary with the Employer upon becoming a Participant in the Plan.  Such

-  37  -


 

designation will remain in force until revoked by the Participant by filing a new Beneficiary form with the Employer.

(b)        Distribution Beginning Before Death:  If the Participant dies after distribution of benefits has begun, the remaining portion of such Participant’s Accrued Benefit will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant’s death.

(c)        Distribution Beginning After Death:  If the Participant dies before distribution of benefits begins, distribution of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions as provided below:

(1)        If any portion of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit is payable to a designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the life of, or over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of, the designated Beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(2)        If the designated Beneficiary is the Participant’s surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with (1) above will not be earlier than the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 .

If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to this paragraph prior to death, the Participant’s designated Beneficiary must elect the method of distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin under this Section, or (2) December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.  If the Participant has no designated Beneficiary, or if the designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution, distribution of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit must be completed by December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

-  38  -


 

For purposes of this paragraph, if the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before payments to such Spouse begin, the provisions of this paragraph, with the exception of such paragraph (2) therein, will be applied as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this Section, any amount paid to a child of the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving Spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving Spouse when the child attains the age of majority.

7.14.       Date Distribution Deemed to Begin :  For purposes of this Article, distribution of a Participant’s interest is considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date (or, if the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before payments to such Spouse begin, the date distribution is required to begin to the surviving Spouse pursuant to Section 7.14(c)).  If distribution in the form of an annuity irrevocably commences to the Participant before the required beginning date, the date distribution is considered to begin is the date distribution actually commences.

7.15.       Distribution Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders :    Notwithstanding any other provision regarding distributions or payment of benefits, an Alternate Payee, as defined in Code Section 414(p), will be entitled to receive a distribution not in excess of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit pursuant to any final judgment, decree or order determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (“QDRO”) as defined in ERISA and Code Section 414 (p).  Such distribution will be made only in a form of benefit available under the Plan.

7.16.       Payment to a Person Under a Legal Disability :    Every person receiving or claiming benefits under the Plan shall be conclusively presumed to be mentally competent until the date on which the Plan Administrator receives a written notice, in a form and manner acceptable to the Plan Administrator, that such person is incompetent, and that a guardian, conservator or other person legally vested with the care of the person or estate has been appointed; provided, however, that if the Plan Administrator shall find that any person to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan is unable to care for such person’s affairs because of incompetency, any payment due (unless a prior claim therefore shall have been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may be paid to the spouse, a child, a parent, a brother or sister, or to any person or institution deemed by the Plan Administrator to have incurred expense for such person otherwise entitled to payment.  Any such payment so made shall be a complete discharge

-  39  -


 

of liability thereof under the Plan.  In the event a guardian or conservator of the estate of any person receiving or claiming benefits under the Plan shall be appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction, retirement payments may be made to such guardian or conservator provided that proper proof of appointment and continuing qualification is furnished in a form and manner acceptable to the Plan Administrator.  Any payment made on behalf of any such person as provided in this Section shall be binding on such person and shall be in full discharge of any obligation of such payment to such person.

7.17.       Unclaimed Benefits Procedure :    The Plan does not require either the Trustees or the Employer to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or beneficiary.  The Employer, by certified or registered mail addressed to the Participant’s last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or beneficiary that he or she is entitled to a distribution under the Plan.  In the event that all consecutive checks in payment of benefits under the Plan remain outstanding for a period of six (6) months, payment of all such outstanding checks shall be stopped and the issuance of any further checks shall be suspended until such time as the payee reestablishes contact and claims benefits.  In any event, if the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim benefits or make his or her whereabouts known in writing to the Employer within twelve (12) months of the date of mailing of the notice, or before the termination or discontinuance of the Plan, whichever should first occur, the Employer shall treat the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s unclaimed Accrued Benefit as a Forfeiture.  If a Participant or Beneficiary who has incurred a Forfeiture of his Accrued Benefit under the provisions of this Section makes a claim at any time for his or her forfeited Accrued Benefit, the Employer shall restore the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s forfeited Accrued Benefit within sixty (60) days after the Plan Year in which the Participant or Beneficiary makes the claim.

7.18.       Direct Rollovers :  

(a)        This Section applies to distributions made on or after January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee’s election under this part, a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

-  40  -


 

(b)        A non-spouse Beneficiary who is a “designated beneficiary” under Code Section 401(a)(9)(E) and the regulations thereunder, by a Direct Rollover, may roll over all or any portion of his or her distribution to an individual retirement account that the Beneficiary establishes for purposes of receiving the distribution and for such purposes shall be a Distributee.  In order to roll over the distribution, the distribution otherwise must satisfy the definition of an Eligible Rollover Distribution. 

7.19       Certain Highly Compensated Employees :    Effective January 1, 1998, to the extent necessary to comply with the non-discrimination provisions of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code and regulations issued thereunder, the monthly payments from the Plan to Highly Compensated Employees and to former Highly Compensated Employees who are among the twenty-five most highly paid Employees with the greatest Compensation in the current or any prior year, shall be limited to an amount equal to the monthly payments that would be made on behalf of the Employee under a Straight Life Annuity that is the Actuarial Equivalent of the sum of the Employee's other benefits under the Plan (other than a social security supplement) and the amount the Employee is entitled to receive under a social security supplement.

-  41  -


 

ARTICLE VIII.

JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNITY REQUIREMENTS

8.1.        Applicability Of Provisions :    The provisions of this Article will apply to any Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of Service with the Employer on or after August 23, 1984 and such other Participants as provided in this Article to the extent not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status.

8.2.        Payment Of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity :    Unless an optional form of benefit is selected pursuant to a qualified election, defined herein, within the 180-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date, the vested Accrued Benefit of a married Participant will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.  Any other Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit will be paid in the form of a Straight Life Annuity. 

8.3.        Payment Of Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity :    Unless an optional form of benefit has been selected within the election period pursuant to a qualified election, as defined herein, if a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting Date, the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit will be paid to the surviving Spouse in the form of a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity if the Participant has been married to the same Spouse for at least 12-consecutive months.  The surviving Spouse shall receive benefits commencing on the Earliest Retirement Date benefits could have been paid to the Participant if he has ceased to be an Employee on the date of his death and survived to retire.

8.4.        Notice Requirements For Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity :    In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Plan Administrator shall, no less than thirty (30) days and no more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, as defined below, provide each Participant a written explanation of: 

(a)        the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;

(b)        the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit;

(c)        the rights of a Participant’s Spouse; and

(d)        the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity ;

-  42  -


 

(e)        the right to defer a distribution, including a description of how much larger benefits will be if commencement of distributions is deferred; and

(f)        the relative values of the various optional forms of benefit. 

For the purposes of this Section, the Annuity Starting Date will mean the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity, whether by reason of retirement or disability.

Notwithstanding the above, a distribution to a Participant may commence less than 30 days after the notice required by Code Section 417(a)(3) is given, provided that the following requirements are met:

(1)        The Plan Administrator provides information to the Participant clearly indicating that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and consent to a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

(2)        The Participant is permitted to revoke an affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity Staring Date, or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant;

(3)        The Annuity Staring Date is after the date that the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant.  However, the Annuity Starting Date may be before the date that any affirmative distribution election is made by the Participant and before the date that the distribution is permitted to commence under (4) below, and

(4)        Distribution in accordance with the affirmative election does not commence before the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant.

8.5.        Notice Requirements For Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity :    In the case of a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, the Plan Administrator will provide each Participant within the applicable period for such Participant a written explanation of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements of the above Section

-  43  -


 

applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.  The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends last:

(a)        the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-two (32) and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-five(35);

(b)        a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant;

(c)        a reasonable period ending after this paragraph ceases to apply to the Participant;

(d)        a reasonable period ending after this Article first applies to the Participant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending after separation from service in the case of a Participant who separates from service before attaining age thirty-five (35).

For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events described in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) is the end of the two (2) year period beginning one (1) year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1) year after that date.  In the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which age thirty-five (35) is attained, notice will be provided within the two (2) year period beginning one (1) year prior to separation and ending one (1) year after separation from service.  If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period for such Participant will be re-determined.

8.6.        Qualified Election :    A qualified election will mean a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.  Any waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity will not be effective unless:

(a)        the Participant’s Spouse consents in writing to the election;

(b)        the election designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent);

-  44  -


 

(c)        the election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent);

(d)        the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and

(e)        the Spouse’s consent is witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public.

If it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that there is no Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver which complies with (b) and (c) above will be deemed a qualified election.  Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a Spouse can not be obtained) will be effective only with respect to such Spouse.  A consent that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights.  A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits.  The number of revocations will not be limited.  No consent obtained under this provision will be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in the paragraphs below.

8.7        Election Period :    The period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age thirty-five (35) and ends on the date of the Participant’s death.  If a Participant separates from service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age thirty-five (35) is attained, with respect to the Accrued Benefit as of the date of separation, the election period shall begin on the date of separation.

8.8.        Pre-age Thirty-five (35) Waiver :    Not applicable.

8.9.        Transitional Joint and Survivor Annuity Rules :    Special transition rules apply to Participants who were not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984.

(a)        Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous paragraphs of this Article, must be given the opportunity to elect to have the prior Sections of this Article apply if such Participant is credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and if such

-  45  -


 

Participant had at least ten (10) Years of Service for vesting purposes when the Participant separated from service.

(b)        Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have Accrued Benefits paid in accordance with subparagraph (d) below.

(c)        The respective opportunities to elect (as described in (a) and (b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.

(d)        Any Participant who has elected pursuant to subparagraph (b) and any Participant who does not elect under subparagraph (a) or who meets the requirements of subparagraph (a) except that such Participant does not have at least ten (10) Years of Service for vesting purposes on separation from service, will have his or her Accrued Benefit distributed in accordance with all of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life annuity:

(1)        Automatic Joint and Survivor Annuity.  If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who:

(i)        begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal Retirement Age;

(ii)       dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer;

(iii)      begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after the Qualified Early Retirement Age; or

(iv)      separates from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the Early Retirement Age) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits, such benefits will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected otherwise during the election period.  The election

-  46  -


 

period must begin at least six (6) months before the Participant attains Qualified Early Retirement Age and end no more than ninety (90) days before the commencement of benefits.  Any election hereunder must be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.

(2)        Election of Early Survivor Annuity.  A Participant who is employed after attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the election period, to have an early survivor annuity payable on death.  If the Participant elects the early survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments which would have been made to the Spouse under the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant has retired on the day after his or her death.  Any election under this provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.  The election period begins on the later of:

(i)        the 90 th day before the Participant attains the Qualified Early Retirement Age, or

(ii)       the date on which participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment with the Employer.

(3)        Qualified Early Retirement Age.  For purposes of this Section, Qualified Early Retirement Age is the latest of;

(i)        the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits,

(ii)       the first day of the 120 th month beginning before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or

(iii)      the date the Participant begins participation.

ARTICLE IX.

QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS

9.1.        Qualified Domestic Relations Orders :    Notwithstanding any of the provisions herein concerning alienation of Plan benefits, the Plan will honor and abide by the terms of a domestic relations order determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Qualified Domestic

-  47  -


 

Relations Order as defined in Code Section 414(p) (“QDRO”) providing for the assignment to a Spouse or former Spouse of the Participant of all or any portion of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit under the Plan.  The Employer will adopt guidelines for determining the qualified status of a domestic relations order (the “Order”) which states the requirements for such Order, the procedures for review of such Order and all other provisions for such Order to be determined to be a QDRO.

(a)        An Order shall specifically state all of the following in order to be deemed a QDRO:

(1)        The name and last known mailing address (if any) of the Participant and of each alternate payee covered by the Order.  However, if the Order does not specify the current mailing address of the alternate payee, but the Plan Administrator has independent knowledge of that address, the Order may still be a valid QRDO.

(2)        The dollar amount or percentage of the Participant’s benefit to be paid by the Plan to each alternate payee; or the manner in which the amount or percentage will be determined.

(3)        The number of payments or period for which the Order applies.

(4)        The specific plan (by name) to which the Order applies.

(b)        An Order shall not be deemed a QDRO if it requires the Plan to provide:

(1)        any type or form of benefit, or any option not already provided for in the Plan;

(2)        increased benefits, or benefits in excess of the Participant’s vested rights;

(3)        payment of a benefit earlier than allowed by the Plan’s earliest retirement provisions; or

(4)        payment of benefits to an alternate payee which are required to be paid to another alternate payee under another QDRO.

(c)        Promptly, upon receipt of an Order which may or may not be “Qualified”, the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and any alternate payee(s) named in the Order of such receipt.  The Plan Administrator may then forward the Order to the Plan’s legal counsel for an opinion as to whether or not the Order is in fact “Qualified” as

-  48  -


 

defined in Code Section 414(p).  Within a reasonable time after receipt of the Order, not to exceed 60 days, the Plan’s legal counsel shall make a determination as to its “Qualified” status and the Participant and any alternate payee(s) shall be promptly notified in writing of the determination.

(d)        If the “Qualified” status of the Order is in question, there will be a delay in any payout to any payee including the Participant, until the status is resolved.  In such event, the Plan Administrator shall separately account for the amount that would have been payable to the alternate payee(s) if the Order has been deemed a QDRO.  If the Order is not Qualified, or the status is not resolved (for example, it has been sent back to the Court for clarification or modification) within 18 months beginning with the date the first payment would have to be made under the Order, the Plan Administrator shall pay the separately accounted for amounts to the person(s) who would have been entitled to the benefits had there been no Order.  If a determination as to the Qualified status of the Order is made after the 18-month period described above, then the Order shall only be applied on a prospective basis.  If the Order is determined to be a QDRO, the Participant and alternate payee(s) shall again be notified promptly after such determination.  Once an Order is deemed a QDRO, the Plan Administrator shall pay to the alternate payee(s) all the amounts due under the QDRO, including separately accounted for amounts during a dispute as to the Order’s qualification.

(e)        The Earliest Retirement Age with regard to the Participant against whom the Order is entered shall be the date the Participant would otherwise first be eligible for benefits under the Plan.

-  49  -


 

ARTICLE X.

TRANSFERS FROM OTHER QUALIFIED PLANS; DIRECT ROLLOVERS

10.1.        Transfers From Other Qualified Plans; Direct Rollovers :    Transfers or Direct Rollovers from other qualified plans are not permitted.

 

-  50  -


 

ARTICLE XI.

TRANSFERS; SERVICE WITH AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS

11.1.        Transfers

In the event any Employee transfers out of an Eligible Class or from one Eligible Class to another, such Employee shall receive credit for service and compensation for determining eligibility, benefit accrual and vesting as set forth in the Exhibit attached hereto corresponding to each respective Eligible Class.

 

-  51  -


 

ARTICLE XII.

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION

12.1.        Amendment of the Plan :    The Employer, acting by its Board of Directors, has the right to amend, modify, suspends, or terminate the Plan at any time.  However, no amendment will authorize or permit any part of the Trust Fund (other than any part that is required to pay taxes and administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; no amendment will cause any reduction in the Accrued Benefit of any Participant or cause or permit any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to or become the property of the Employer; except to the extent such amendment is required to qualify or maintain the qualification of the Plan or to deduct or maintain the deductibility of contributions made to the Plan under the applicable sections of the Code.  Any amendment will become effective as provided therein upon its execution.

For the purposes of this paragraph, an amendment to the Plan which has the effect of:

(a)        eliminating or reducing an early retirement benefit or a retirement-type subsidy;

(b)        eliminating an optional form of benefit (as provided in Regulations under the Code); or

(c)        restricting, directly or indirectly, the benefits provided to any Participant prior to the amendment will be treated as reducing the Accrued Benefit of a Participant, except that an amendment described in clause (b) (other than an amendment having an effect described in clause (a)) will not be treated as reducing the Accrued Benefit of a Participant to the extent so provided in Regulations or under the Code.

12.2.       Termination

(a)        The Employer, acting by its Board of Directors, shall have the right to terminate the Plan by delivering to the Trustee and the Plan Administrator written notice of such termination.  However, any termination (other than a partial termination or an involuntary termination pursuant to ERISA Section 4042) must satisfy the requirements and follow the procedures outlined herein and in ERISA Section 4041 for a Standard Termination or a Distress Termination.  Upon any termination (full or partial), all amounts shall be allocated in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Accrued

-  52  -


 

Benefit, to the extent funded as of such date, of each affected Participant shall become fully vested and shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture.

Upon termination of the Plan, the Employer, by notice to the Trustee and Plan Administrator, may direct:

(1)        complete distribution of the Trust Fund to the Participants, in cash or in kind, in a manner consistent with the requirements of the Plan;

(2)        the purchase of insurance company annuity contracts;

(3)        continuation of the Trust Fund for the Plan and the distributions of benefits at such time and in such manner as though the Plan had not been terminated; or

(4)        transfer of the assets of the Plan to another qualified plan, provided that the trust to which the assets are transferred permits the transfer to be made and, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Employer, the transfer will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the plan or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer.  The amounts transferred will be fully vested at all times and will not be subject to forfeiture for any reason.

(b)        Standard Termination Procedure –

(1)        The Plan Administrator shall first notify all “affected parties” (as defined in ERISA Section 4001(a)(21)) of the Employer’s intention to terminate the Plan and the proposed date of termination.  Such termination notice must be provided at least sixty (60) days prior to the proposed termination date.  However, in the case of a standard termination, it shall not be necessary to provide such notice to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC).  As soon as practicable after the termination notice is given, the Plan Administrator shall provide a follow-up notice to the PBGC setting forth the following:

(i)        a certification of an enrolled actuary of the projected amount of the assets of the Plan as of the proposed date of final distribution of assets, the actuarial present value of the “benefit liabilities” (as defined in ERISA Section 4001(a)(16)) under the Plan as of the proposed termination date, and confirmation that the Plan is projected to

-  53  -


 

be sufficient for such “benefit liabilities” as of the proposed date of final distribution;

(ii)        a certification by the Plan Administrator that the information provided to the PBGC and upon which the enrolled actuary based his certification is accurate and complete; and

(iii)        such other information as the PBGC may prescribe by regulation.

The certification of the enrolled actuary and of the Plan Administrator shall not be applicable in the case of a Plan funded exclusively by individual insurance contracts.

(2)        No later than the date on which the follow-up notice is sent to PBGC, the Plan Administrator shall provide all Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan with an explanatory statement specifying each such person’s “benefit liabilities”, the benefit form on the basis of which such amount is determined, and any additional information used in determining “benefit liabilities” that may be required pursuant to regulations promulgated by the PBGC.

(3)        A standard termination may only take place if at the time the final distribution of assets occurs, the Plan is sufficient to meet all “benefit liabilities” determined as of the termination date.

(c)        Distress Termination Procedure

(1)        The Plan Administrator shall first notify all “affected parties” of the Employer’s intention to terminate the Plan and the proposed date of termination.  Such termination notice must be provided at least 60 days prior to the proposed termination date.  As soon as practicable after the termination notice is given, the Plan Administrator shall also provide a follow-up notice to the PBGC setting forth the following:

(i)        a certification of an enrolled actuary of the amount, as of the proposed termination date, of the current value of the assets of the Plan, the actuarial present value (as of such date) of the “benefit liabilities” under the Plan, whether the Plan is sufficient for “benefit

-  54  -


 

liabilities” as of such date, the actuarial present value (as of such date) of benefits under the Plan guaranteed under ERISA Section 4022, and whether the plan is sufficient for guaranteed benefits as of such date;

(ii)        in any case in which the Plan is not sufficient for “benefit liabilities” as of such date, the name and address of each Participant and Beneficiary under the Plan as of such date;

(iii)        a certification by the Plan Administrator that the information provided to the PBGC and upon which the enrolled actuary based his certification is accurate and complete; and

(iv)        such other information as the PBGC may prescribe by regulation.

The certification of the enrolled actuary and of the Plan Administrator shall not be applicable in the case of a Plan funded exclusively by individual insurance contracts.

(2)        A “distress termination” may only take place if:

(i)        the Employer demonstrates to the PBGC that such termination is necessary to enable the Employer to pay its debts while staying in business, or to avoid unreasonably burdensome pension costs caused by a decline in the Employer’s work force;

(ii)        the Employer is the subject of a petition seeking liquidation in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding which has not been dismissed as of the proposed termination date; or

(iii)        the Employer is the subject of a petition seeking reorganization in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding which has not been dismissed as of the proposed termination date, and the bankruptcy court (or such other appropriate court) approves the termination and determines that the Employer will be unable to continue in business outside a Chapter 11 reorganization process and that such termination is necessary to enable the Employer to pay its debts pursuant to a plan of reorganization.

(d)        Priority and Payment of Benefits

In the case of a distress termination, upon approval by the PBGC that the Plan is sufficient for “benefit liabilities” or for “guaranteed benefits”, or in the case of a

-  55  -


 

“standard termination”, a letter of non-compliance has not been issued within the sixty (60) day period (as extended) following the receipt by the PBGC of the follow-up notice, the Plan Administrator shall allocate the assets of the Plan among Participants and Beneficiaries pursuant to ERISA Section 4044(a).  As soon as practicable thereafter, the assets of the Plan shall be distributed to the Participants and Beneficiaries, in cash, in property, or through the purchase or irrevocable commitments from an insurer.  However, if all liabilities with respect to Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan have been satisfied and there remains a balance in the Plan due to erroneous actuarial computation or any other reason, such balance, if any, shall be returned to the Employer.  In the case of a “distress termination” in which the PBGC is unable to determine that the Plan is sufficient for guaranteed benefits, the assets of the Plan shall only be distributed in accordance with proceedings instituted by the PBGC.

(e)        The termination of the Plan shall comply with such other requirements and rules as may be promulgated by the PBGC under authority of Title IV of the ERISA including any rules relating to time periods or deadlines for providing notice or for making a necessary filing.

12.3.       Merger or Consolidation of the Plan :    The Plan and Trust Fund for the Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be transferred to, any other plan and trust.  In the event of a merger, consolidation or transfer, each Participant must receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer (as if the Plan had then been terminated) which is at least equal to the benefit each Participant would have received if the Plan had terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation.  Such transfer, merger or consolidation may not otherwise result in the elimination or reduction of any benefit protected under Code Section 411(d)(6).

 

-  56  -


 

ARTICLE XIII.

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

13.1.        Adoption by Other Employers :    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the consent of the Employer, any other corporation or entity, whether an affiliate or subsidiary or not, may adopt this Plan and all of the provisions hereof, and participate herein and be known as a Participating Employer, by a properly executed document evidencing said intent and will of such Participating Employer.

13.2.        Requirements of Participating Employers

(a)        Each Participating Employer will use the same Trustee as provided in this Plan.

(b)        The Trustee may, but will not be required to, commingle, hold and invest as one Trust Fund all contributions made by Participating Employers, as well as any earnings thereon.

(c)        The transfer of any Participant from or to any Employer participating in this Plan, whether an Employee of the Employer or a Participating Employer, will not affect such Participant’s rights under the Plan, and all amounts credited to the Participant’s account as well as to the Participant’s accumulated service time with the transferor or predecessor and length of participation in the Plan, will continue to the Participant’s credit.

(d)        All rights and values forfeited by termination of employment will inure only to the benefit of the Participants of the Employer or Participating Employer for which the forfeiting Participant was employed.

(e)        Any expenses of the Plan which are to be paid by the Employer or borne by the Trust Fund will be paid by each Participating Employer in the same proportion that the total amount standing to the credit of all Participants employed by such employer bears to the total amount standing to the credit of all Participants in the Plan.

13.3.        Designation of Agent .    Each Participating Employer will be deemed to be a part of this Plan; provided, however, that with respect to all of its relations with the Trustee and Plan Administrator for purposes of this Plan, each Participating Employer will be deemed to have designated irrevocably the Employer as its agent.  Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates

-  57  -


 

the contrary, “Employer” will be deemed to include each Participating Employer as related to its adoption of the Plan.

13.4.        Employee Transfers .   

(a)         General .  It is anticipated that an Employee may be transferred between Participating Employers, and in the event of any such transfer, the Employee involved will transfer any accumulated service and eligibility.  No such transfer will effect a termination of employment hereunder, and the Participating Employer to which the Employee is transferred will thereupon become obligated hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same manner as was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.  As provided in Section 4.1 and (b) below, a Participant in an hourly portion of the Plan who transfers to a salaried position on or after January 1, 2007 shall not accrue any benefit after such transfer date.

(b)         Hourly to Salaried .  The Accrued Benefit of a Participant with an Annuity Starting Date on or after January 1, 2007 who transferred, prior to January 1, 2007, from an hourly portion of the Plan to an Eligible Class under a salaried portion of the Plan, shall, upon retirement, be calculated as follows:

(1)         Non-Grandfathered Participant . A Non-Grandfathered Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be the sum of (x) his or her Accrued Benefit under the applicable hourly portion of the Plan (calculated based on Years of Accrual Service up to the date of transfer and the benefit formula in effect under the applicable hourly portion of the Plan as of his or her date of transfer), and (y) his or her Accrued Benefit under the applicable salaried portion of the Plan (calculated based on the sum of (i) his or her Accrued Benefit calculated based on Years of Accrual Service commencing upon the date of transfer through December 31, 2006 and the benefit formula in effect under the applicable salaried portion of the Plan as of December 31, 2006, and (ii) his or her Accrued Benefit calculated based on Years of Accrual Service up to the date of transfer and the difference between the rate of benefit in effect under the applicable hourly portion of the Plan as of December 31, 2006 and the rate of benefit in effect under the applicable hourly portion of the Plan as of his or her date of transfer).  

-  58  -


 

(2)         Grandfathered Participant .  A Grandfathered Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be the sum of (x) his or her Accrued Benefit under the applicable hourly portion of the Plan (calculated based on Years of Accrual Service up to the date of transfer and the benefit formula in effect under the applicable hourly portion of the Plan as of the date of transfer) and (y) his or her Accrued Benefit under the applicable salaried portion of the Plan (calculated based on the sum of (i) his or her Accrued Benefit calculated based on Years of Accrual Service commencing upon the date of transfer through his or her termination from service date and the benefit formula in effect under the applicable salaried portion of the Plan as of his or her termination from service date, and (ii) his or her Accrued Benefit calculated based on Years of Accrual Service up to the date of transfer and the difference between the rate of benefit in effect under the applicable hourly portion of the Plan as of his or her termination from service date and the rate of benefit in effect under the applicable hourly portion of the Plan as of his or her date of transfer). 

13.5.        Participating Employer’s Contribution :    All contributions made by a Participating Employer, as provided for in this Plan, will be determined separately by each Participating Employer, and will be paid to and held by the Trustee for the exclusive benefit of the Employees of such Participating Employer and the Beneficiaries of such Employees, subject to all the terms and conditions of this Plan.  On the basis of the information furnished by the Plan Administrator, the Trustee will keep separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer hereunder and as to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer.  The Trustee may, but need not, register contracts so as to evidence that a particular Participating Employer is the interested Employer hereunder, but in the event of an Employee transfer from one Participating Employer to another, the employing Employer will immediately notify the Trustee thereof.

-  59  -


 

13.6.        Discontinuance of Participation :    Any Participating Employer will be permitted to discontinue or revoke its participation in the Plan.  At the time of any such discontinuance or revocation, satisfactory evidence thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed will be delivered to the Trustee.  The Trustee will thereafter transfer, deliver and assign Trust Fund assets allocable to the Participants of such Participating Employer to such new trustee as will have been designated by such Participating Employer, in the event that it has established a separate pension plan for its Employees; provided, however, that no such transfer will be made if the result is the elimination or reduction of any protected benefits under Section 411(d) or (e) of the Code.  If no successor is designated, the Trustee will retain such assets for the Employees of said Participating Employer.  In no such event will any part of the Trust Fund as it relates to such Participating Employer be used for or diverted for purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Employees for such Participating Employer.

13.7.        Plan Administrator’s Authority :    The Plan Administrator will have authority to make all necessary rules and regulations, binding upon all Participating Employers and all Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this Article.

 

-  60  -


 

ARTICLE XIV.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

14.1.        Appointment of Plan Administrator and Trustee :    The Employer is authorized to appoint the Trustee and the Plan Administrator as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.  The Employer will from time to time informally review the performance of the Trustee, Plan Administrator or other persons to whom duties have been delegated or allocated by it.  Any person serving as Plan Administrator may resign upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Employer.  The Employer is authorized to remove any person serving as Plan Administrator at any time and in its sole discretion appoint a successor whenever a vacancy occurs.

14.2.        Plan Administrator :    The Plan Administrator is responsible for administering the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan.  The Plan Administrator will manage, operate and administer the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan and will have full power and authority to construe and resolve all questions arising in connection with the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan.  Any determination by the Plan Administrator will be final and binding upon all persons, and unless it can be shown to be arbitrary and capricious will not be subject to “de novo” review.  The Plan Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile any inconsistency in any manner and to any extent as it deems necessary to carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act, interpretation or construction be nondiscriminatory and based upon principles consistent with the intent of the Plan to continue to be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code Section 401(a).  The Plan Administrator will have all powers necessary or appropriate to accomplish its duties under this Plan.

14.3.        Delegation of Powers :    The Plan Administrator may appoint such assistants or representatives as it deems necessary for the effective exercise of its duties.  The Plan Administrator may delegate to such assistants and representatives any powers and duties, both ministerial and discretionary, as it deems expedient or appropriate.

-  61  -


 

14.4.        Trust Agreement    

(a)        The Employer shall execute a Trust Agreement with a Trustee or Trustees chosen by the Employer to hold and manage the assets of the Trust Fund, and to receive, hold and disburse contributions, interest and other income for the purpose of paying the pensions under the Plan and the expenses incident to the operation and maintenance of the Plan.  From time to time, one or more investment managers may be appointed by the Employer to manage assets of the Trust Fund, which investment managers shall be solely responsible for investing, reinvesting and managing the assets of the Trust Fund.  A Trustee may also be an investment manager and in the absence of any separate agreement with an investment manager, the Trustee shall be the investment manager.

Each Trustee and investment manager so appointed shall acknowledge that it is a fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA, and shall be either (i) an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, (ii) a bank as defined in the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, or (iii) an insurance company qualified to manager, acquire or dispose of assets under the laws of more than one state.

(b)        The Employer shall determine the form and terms of any Trust Agreement or investment management agreement, which may authorize the inclusion of obligations and stock of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates among the investments of the Trust Fund (subject to the provisions of any applicable law), and which may authorize the pooling of the Trust Fund for investment purposes with other Internal Revenue Service qualified pension funds of the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates.  The Employer may modify such Trust Agreement or investment management agreement from time to time, or terminate them pursuant to the terms thereof.  In case of a conflict between the Plan and the Trust Agreement, the provisions of the Trust Agreement shall be deemed controlling.

14.5.        Appointment of Advisers :    The Plan Administrator may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, and other persons as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration of the Plan.

14.6.        Records and Reports :    The Plan Administrator will keep a record of all actions taken.  In addition, it will keep all other books, records, and other data that are necessary for administration of the Plan, and it will be responsible for supplying all information and reports to

-  62  -


 

Participants, Beneficiaries, the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor and others as required by law.

14.7.        Information from Employer :    The Employer will supply the Plan Administrator with full and timely information on all matters relating to the Compensation of all Participants, their Hours of Service, their Years of Service, their retirement, death, Disability, or termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Plan Administrator may require from time to time. The Plan Administrator will advise the Trustee of the foregoing facts as may be pertinent to the Trustee’s duties under the Plan.  The Plan Administrator and Trustee may rely on information supplied by the Employer and will have no duty or responding to verify the information.

14.8.        Majority Actions :    Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of administrative authority or where specifically expressed herein to the contrary, if there shall be more than one Plan Administrator, they shall act by a majority of their number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign any documents on their behalf.

14.9.        Expenses :    All expenses and costs of administering the Plan may be paid out of the Trust Fund unless actually paid by the Employer.  Expenses will include any expenses incident to the functioning of the Plan Administrator, including, but not limited to, fees of accountants, counsel, and other specialists and their agents, and other costs of administering the Plan.  Until paid, the expenses will be considered a liability of the Trust Fund.  However, the Employer may reimburse the Trust Fund for any administrative expense incurred.  Any administrative expense paid to the Trust Fund as a reimbursement will not be considered an Employer contribution.

14.10.       Discretionary Acts :    Any discretionary actions of the Plan Administrator with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be made in a manner which does not discriminate in favor of stockholders, officers and Highly Compensated Employees.

14.11.       Responsibility of Fiduciaries :    The Plan Administrator and members of the Administrative Committee, and their assistants and representatives shall be free from all liability for their acts and conduct in the administration of the Plan except for acts of willful misconduct,

-  63  -


 

provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve any of them from any liability for any responsibility, obligation or duty they may have pursuant to ERISA or the Code.

14.12.       Indemnity by Employer :    In the event of and to the extent not insured against by any insurance company pursuant to provisions of any applicable insurance policy, the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, any individual Trustee, the Plan Administrator, and their assistants and representatives from any and all claims, demands, suits or proceedings which may in connection with the Plan or Trust Agreement be brought by the Employer’s Employees, Participants or their Beneficiaries or legal representatives, or by any other person, corporation, entity, government or agency thereof; provided, however, that such indemnification shall not apply to any such person for such person’s acts of willful misconduct in connection with the Plan or Trust Agreement.

14.13.       Claims Procedure :     Claims may be filed with the Plan Administrator.  Written or electronic notice of the disposition of a claim will be furnished to the claimant within ninety (90) days (or 180 days in the event of special circumstances, in which case written notice of the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the expiration of the initial ninety (90) day period) after the application is filed.  In addition, in the event the claim is denied, the Plan Administrator shall:

(a)        state the specific reason or reasons for the denial,

(b)        provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based,

(c)        provide a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Participant or his representative to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and

(d)        explain the Plan’s claim review procedure as contained in this Plan. 

Any claimant who has been denied a benefit by the Plan Administrator will be entitled to request the Plan Administrator to give further consideration to the claim by filing with the Plan Administrator a request for a hearing.  The request, together with a written statement of the reasons why the claimant believes the claim should be allowed, must be filed with the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after the claimant receives written or electronic notification from the Plan Administrator regarding the denial of the claimant’s claim.  The Plan

-  64  -


 

Administrator may conduct a hearing within the next sixty (60) days, at which time the claimant may be represented by an attorney or any other representative of his or her choosing and at which time the claimant will have an opportunity to submit written and oral evidence and arguments in support of the claim.  At the hearing (or prior thereto upon five (5) business days written notice to the Plan Administrator) the claimant or his or her representative will have an opportunity to review all documents in the possession of the Plan Administrator which are pertinent to the claim at issue and its disallowance.  Either the claimant or the Plan Administrator may cause a court reporter to attend the hearing and record the proceedings, in which event a complete written transcript of the proceedings will be furnished to both parties by the court reporter.  The full expense of the court reporter and transcripts will be borne by the party causing the court reporter to attend the hearing.  A final decision as to the allowance of the claim will be made by the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days of the Plan's receipt of a request for review, unless there has been an extension of time due to special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing), in which case a decision will be rendered as soon as possible but not later than 120 days after receipt of a request for review.  The final decision will be written and will include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

14.14       Recovery of Benefit Overpayments :    If it is determined that any benefit(s) paid to a Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan should not have been paid or should have been paid in a lesser amount, written notice thereof shall be given to such Participant or Beneficiary and the Participant or Beneficiary shall repay the amount.  If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to repay such amount of overpayment promptly, the Plan Administrator shall arrange to recover the amount of such overpayment from any other benefits then payable, or which may become payable, to the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan. 

-  65  -


 

ARTICLE XV.

GENERAL

15.1.        Bonding :    Every fiduciary, except a bank or an insurance company, unless exempted by the Act and regulations thereunder, shall be bonded in an amount not less than 10% of the amount of the funds such fiduciary handles; provided, however, that the minimum bond shall be $1,000 and the maximum bond, $500,000.  The amount of funds handled by such person, group, or class to be covered and their predecessors, if any, during the preceding Plan Year, or if there is not preceding Plan Year, then by the amount of the funds to be handled during the then current year.  The bond shall provide protection to the Plan against any loss by reason of acts of fraud or dishonesty by the fiduciary alone or in connivance with others.  The surety shall be a corporate surety company (as such term is used in ERISA Section 412(a)(2)), and the bond shall be in a form approved by the Secretary of Labor.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the cost of such bonds shall be an expense of and may, at the election of the Plan Administrator, be paid from the Trust fund or by the Employer.

15.2.        Action by the Employer :    Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required to do or perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a person duly authorized by its legally constituted authority.

15.3.        Employment Rights :    The Plan is not to be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and any Participant or to be a consideration for, or an inducement or condition of, the employment of any Participant or Employee.  Nothing contained in the Plan is to be deemed

(a)        to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer,

(b)        to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Participant at any time,

(c)        to give the Employer the right to require any Employee to remain in its employ, or

(d)        to affect any Employee’s right to terminate employment at any time.

15.4.        Nonalienation of Benefits .    

(a)        Except as permitted by section 401(a)(13) of the Code or (b) below, no benefit at any time under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation, sale,

-  66  -


 

transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, or encumbrances of any kind.  Any attempt to alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber any such benefits, whether presently or thereafter payable shall be void.  No retirement benefit nor the Fund shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts or liability of any Employee, Terminated Vested Participant, Participant, Beneficiary or pensioner entitled to any retirement benefit.  If the Employee, Participant, former Participant, Beneficiary or pensioner shall attempt to or shall alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber his benefit under the Plan or any part thereof, or if by reason of his bankruptcy or other event happening at any time, such benefits would devolve upon anyone else or would not be enjoyed by him, then the Employer, in its discretion, may terminate such third party's interest in any such benefit, and hold or apply it to or for the benefit of such Employee, Participant, former Participant, Beneficiary or pensioner, his Spouse, children, or other dependent or any of them, in such manner as the Employer may deem proper.  This Section shall also apply to the creation, assignment or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order or any domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985.

(b)        For all judgments, orders or decrees issued, or settlements entered into, on or after August 5, 1997:

A Participant’s benefits provided under the Plan may be offset by an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay to the Plan if:

(i)        the order or requirement to repay arises (1) under a judgment of conviction for a crime involving such Plan, (2) under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree) entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of subtitle B of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or (3) pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor and the Participant, or a settlement agreement between the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and the Participant, in connection with a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of such subtitle by a fiduciary or any other person,

-  67  -


 

(ii)        the judgment, order, decree, or settlement agreement expressly provides for the offset of all or part of the amount ordered or required to be paid to the Plan against the participant’s benefits provided under the Plan, and

(iii)        in a case in which distributions to the Participant are subject to the survivor annuity requirements of IRC section 401(a)(11), if the Participant has a spouse at the time at which the offset is to be made, the spouse has:  (1) either consented to the offset (with such consent obtained in accordance with the requirements of IRC section 417(a)) or previously elected to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity or qualified preretirement survivor annuity, (2) been ordered or required in such judgment, order, decree or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection with a violation of part 4 of subtitle B, or (3) retained the right to receive a survivor annuity form of benefit pursuant to IRC section 401(a)(11) under such judgment, order, decree or settlement.

15.5.        Governing Law :    This Plan will be construed and enforced according to ERISA and the laws of the state in which the Employer has its principal office, other than its laws respecting choice of law, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

15.6.        Conformity to Applicable Law :    It is the intention of the Employer that the Plan and the trust established by the Employer to implement the Plan, be in compliance with the provisions of Sections 401 and 501 of the Code and the requirements of ERISA, and the corresponding provisions of any subsequent laws, and the provisions of the Plan shall be construed to effectuate such intention.

15.7.        Usage :    Any term used herein in the singular or plural or in the masculine, feminine or neuter form will be construed in the singular or plural, or in the masculine, feminine or neuter form as proper reading requires.

15.8.        Legal Action :    In the event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Plan or Trust for the Plan established hereunder to which the Trustee or the Plan Administrator may be a party, and the claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee or Plan Administrator, they will be entitled to reimbursement from the Trust Fund for

-  68  -


 

any and all costs, attorneys’ fees, and other expenses pertaining thereto incurred by them for which they will have been liable.

15.9.        Exclusive Benefit :      Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by law, the Trust Fund maintained pursuant to the Plan may not be diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants, retired Participants or their Beneficiaries.

15.10.      Prohibition Against Diversion of Funds :    Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted herein or by law, it shall be impossible by operation of the Plan by power of revocation or amendment, by the happening of any contingency, by collateral arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or income of any fund maintained pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of former or current Participants, retired Participants, or their Beneficiaries.

15.11.     Return of Contribution :    Employer contributions to the fund shall be irrevocable except as provided below:

(a)        In the event the Employer makes an excessive contribution because of a mistake of fact (pursuant to Section 403(c)(2)(A) of ERISA), the Employer may demand repayment of such excessive contribution at any time within one year following the time of payment and the Trustee thereupon will return the excessive amount to the Employer within the one-year period.  Earnings of the Plan attributable to the excess contribution will not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable thereto will reduce the amount so returned.

(b)        In the event the Plan receives an adverse determination from the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue with respect to its initial qualification, any contribution made incident to the initial qualification by the Employer may be returned to the Employer within one-year after such determination, provided the application for the determination is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

(c)        Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, all contributions by the Employer are conditioned upon the deductibility of the contributions by the Employer under the Code and, to the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the

-  69  -


 

Employer may, within one year following the disallowance of the deduction, demand repayment of such disallowed contribution and the Trustee must return the contribution within one year following the disallowance.  Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contribution for which such deduction is disallowed may not be returned to the Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.

15.12.     Employer’s Protective Clause :    Neither the Employer nor the Trustee, nor their successors, will be responsible for the validity of any insurance or annuity contract issued hereunder or for the failure on the part of the insurer to make payments provided by any contract, or for the action of any person which may delay payment or render a contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

15.13.     Insurer’s Protective Clause :    Any insurer who will issue contracts hereunder will not have any responsibility for the validity of this Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of this Plan.  The insurer will be protected and held harmless in acting in accordance with any written direction of the Trustee, and will have no duty to see to the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor will be required to question any actions directed by the Trustee.

15.14.     Receipt and Release for Payments :    Any payment to a Participant, a Participant’s legal representative or Beneficiary, or to any guardian appointed for the Participant or Beneficiary will, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Trustee and the Employer, either of whom may require the Participant, legal representative or Beneficiary or guardian, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release thereof in such form as determined by the Trustee or Employer.

15.15.     Headings :    The headings and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

-  70  -


 

ARTICLE XVI.

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meaning unless a different meaning is expressly stated or ascribed to them in the Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status.

16.1         Accrued Benefit :      The Retirement Benefit payable at Normal Retirement Age determined pursuant to the Exhibit corresponding to the Employee’s classification and status accrued as of any date.

Notwithstanding the above, a Participant’s Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions shall not be less than the minimum Accrued Benefit provided pursuant to the Section entitled “Minimum Benefit for Top-Heavy Plan.”

16.2.        Actuarial Equivalent :    The conversion to a form of benefit differing in time, period, or manner of payment from the specific benefit provided under the Article herein entitled “Plan Benefits” accomplished by applying the actuarial assumptions set forth in Schedule A attached to the Exhibit corresponding to the Employee’s classification and status.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, effective with the Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1997, the mortality table and the interest rate used for the purposes of determining an Actuarial Equivalent amount (other than non-decreasing life annuities payable for a period not less than the life of a Participant, or, in the case of a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, the life of the surviving spouse) shall be the “Applicable Mortality Table” and the “Applicable Interest Rate” described below.

(1)        The “Applicable Mortality Table” means :

(a)        for Plan Years through 2007, the mortality table published in Revenue Ruling 95-6, which is based upon a fixed blend of 50 percent of the male mortality rates and 50 percent of the female mortality rates determined under the 1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table, or such other mortality table as is prescribed under Section 417 of the Code.  Effective for distributions with Annuity Starting Dates on or after December 31, 2002, notwithstanding any other Plan provisions to the contrary, any reference in the Plan to the mortality table prescribed in Rev. Rul. 95-6 shall be construed as a reference to the mortality table prescribed in Rev. Rul. 2001-62 for all purposes under the Plan.

-  71  -


 

(b)        for Plan Years 2008 and thereafter, the mortality table published in Revenue Ruling 2007-67, which is based upon a fixed blend of 50 percent of the static male combined mortality rates and 50 percent of the static female combined mortality rates published in proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.430(h)(3)-1 for valuation dates occurring in 2008, or such other mortality table as is prescribed under Section 417 of the Code.

(2)        The “Applicable Interest Rate” means:

(a)        for Plan Years through 2007, the annual rate of interest on 30-year Treasury securities determined as of the second calendar month (the lookback month) preceding the first day of the Plan Year during which the Annuity Starting Date occurs. 

(b)        for Plan Years 2008 and thereafter, the adjusted first, second, and third segment rates prescribed under Section 417 of the Code applied under rules similar to the rules of section 430(h)(2)(C) of the Code for the second calendar month preceding the Plan Year in which the Annuity Starting Date occurs. 

The Applicable Interest Rate shall remain consistent for the Plan Year stability period.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall not be considered to be reduced in violation of Code Section 411(d)(6) merely because of the above changes in the interest rate and mortality assumption used to calculate Actuarial Equivalent amounts.

16.3.        Administrative Committee:    The person or persons or entity appointed by the Plan Administrator to administer the Plan.

16.4.        Affiliated Employer :    The Employer and any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Employer; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section 414(o).

16.5.        Aggregation Group :    Either a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group.

(a)        Required Aggregation Group:  The group of plans consisting of the following, which are required to be aggregated:

-  72  -


 

(1)        all the plans of the Employer in which a Key Employee is a Participant during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the preceding four Plan Years; and

(2)        any other plan of the Employer which enables any plan in which a Key Employee participates to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.

If the Required Aggregation Group is a Top-Heavy Group, all plans in the Required Aggregation Group in which the Determination Dates fall within the same calendar year will be considered Top-Heavy Plans.  If the Required Aggregation is not a Top-Heavy Group, no plan in the Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top-Heavy Plan.

(b)        Permissive Aggregation Group:  The group of plans consisting of the following:

(1)        the Required Aggregation Group; and

(2)        any plan not in the Required Aggregation Group which the Employer wishes to treat as being aggregated with the Required Aggregation Group, provided that the resulting group, taken as a whole, would continue to satisfy the provisions of Code Sections 401(a) and 410.

If the Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top-Heavy Group, only those plans which are part of the Required Aggregation Group and in which the Determination Dates fall within the same calendar year will be considered Top-Heavy Plans.  If the Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top-Heavy Group, then no plan in the Permissive Aggregation Group will be considered a Top-Heavy Plan.

(c)        Any terminated plan maintained by the Employer within the last five Plan Years ending on the Determination Date will be included in determining the Aggregation Group.

16.6.        Anniversary Date :   The first day of the Plan Year.

16.7.        Annual Benefit :   The benefit payable annually under the terms of the Plan (exclusive of any benefit not required to be considered for purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415 to the Plan) payable in the form of a Straight Life Annuity with no ancillary

-  73  -


 

benefits.  If the benefit under the Plan is payable in any other form, the Annual Benefit shall be adjusted to be the Actuarial Equivalent of a Straight Life Annuity.

16.8.        Annuity :    A single premium annuity contract or an annuity under a group annuity contract purchased by the Trustee on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary from an insurance company for purposes of providing the benefits payable under the terms of the Plan.

16.9.        Annuity Starting Date :    The first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or, in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred that entitles the Participant to such benefit.  In the case of a deferred annuity, the Annuity Starting Date shall be the date on which the annuity payments are scheduled to commence.

16.10.       Average Monthly Compensation :    See Exhibit corresponding to Participant’s classification and status.

16.11.       Beneficiary

(a)        The last person or persons designated by the Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan in the event of death.  In the event a Beneficiary is not designated, the Participant’s surviving Spouse will be the deemed Beneficiary.  If neither a designated Beneficiary nor the Participant’s Spouse survives the Participant the Participant’s estate will be deemed the Beneficiary.

(b)        Subject to the terms of any life insurance policy, any designated Beneficiary may be changed from time to time.  To change a beneficiary in a policy the Participant must inform the Plan Administrator and the Trustee in writing.  The Trustee must take immediate steps to complete the change with the insurer but will not be liable for any delay in making the change, unless caused by its gross negligence.  No change of Beneficiary will be binding upon the insurer until forms properly executed by the Trustee have been filed with and acknowledged by the insurer at its home office.

(c)        No designation of Beneficiary or change of designation of Beneficiary made under this Section will be effective until the Plan Administrator and the Trustee actually receive a written notice of such designation or change, signed by the Participant, and, if the Participant is married and the designated Beneficiary is not the Participant’s Spouse, consented to by the Participant’s Spouse.  The Spouse’s written consent will

-  74  -


 

acknowledge the effect of the consent and will be witnessed by the Plan Administrator or by a notary public.

(d)        No spousal consent to a Beneficiary designation is required if

(1)        The Participant’s Spouse has waived the right to be the Participant’s Beneficiary and such waiver is in accordance with the last sentence of paragraph (c) above;

(2)        it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that

(i)        the Participant has no Spouse, or

(ii)       the Participant’s Spouse cannot be located;

(3)        no spousal consent is required in accordance with applicable Treasury or Department of Labor Requirements.

In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form satisfactory to the Plan Administrator.  A Participant may at any time revoke his designation of a Beneficiary or change his Beneficiary by filing written notice of such revocation or change with the Plan Administrator.  However, the Participant’s Spouse must again consent in writing to any change in Beneficiary unless the original consent acknowledged that the Spouse had the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and that the Spouse voluntarily elected to relinquish such right.

16.12.       Break in Service :    A Period of Severance of at least twelve (12) consecutive months.

In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence will not constitute a Break in Service.  For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence:

(1)        by reason of the pregnancy of the individual,

(2)        by reason of the birth of a child of the individual,

(3)        by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or

(4)        for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

-  75  -


 

If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group (under Code Section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations (under Code Section 414(b)), a group of trades or businesses under common control (under Code Section 414 (c)) or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o) and the regulations thereunder, service will be credited for any employment for any period of time for any other member of such group.  Service will also be credited for any individual required under Code Section 414(n) or 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder to be considered an Employee of any employer aggregated under Code Section 414(b), (c) or (m).

Effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, no Break in Service shall occur if the sole basis for the Period of Severance is attributable to qualified military service as defined in Section 414(u) of the Code.

16.13.       Code :    The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including any amendments thereto.

16.14.       Compensation :    A Participant’s wages and salaries received during the calendar year for personal services rendered to the Employer as an Employee in the Eligible Class, as may be modified in the Exhibit corresponding to the Employee’s classification and status. 

Compensation shall also include any amount which is contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement under Code Section 401(k), Section 402(e)(3) and Section 402(h), a simplified employee pension plan under Code Section 408(k), a cafeteria plan under Code Section 125 (including, effective for any Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997, deemed Section 125 amounts not available to a Participant in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage), a tax-deferred annuity under Code Section 403(b) or a qualified transportation program under Code Section 132(f).

For years beginning after December 31, 1988, the Compensation of each Participant which may be taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year will not exceed $200,000, as adjusted under Code Section 415(d) of the Code, except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for years beginning in such calendar year and the first adjustment to the $200,000 limitation is effected on January 1, 1990.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,

-  76  -


 

(i)        for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1993, the Compensation of each Participant which may be taken into account under the Plan will not exceed $150,000, except as adjusted as follows.  For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1994, such $150,000 annual compensation limit shall be adjusted as provided under Code Section 415(d), except that such adjustments shall only be made in increments of $10,000, rounded down to the next lowest multiple of $10,000.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan is maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements ratified before August 10, 1993, the above provision limiting Compensation to $150,000 shall not apply to contributions made or benefits accrued pursuant to such collective bargaining agreements for Plan Years beginning before the earlier of:

(1)        January 1, 1997, or

(2)        the latest of

(a)        January 1, 1994, or

(b)        the date on which the last of such collective bargaining agreements terminates, without regard to any extension, amendment, or modification made on or after August 10, 1993.

(ii)        for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the Compensation taken into consideration under the Plan will be limited to $200,000.  For purposes of determining benefit accruals in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, Compensation for any prior year shall be limited to $200,000.  The $200,000 limit on Compensation shall be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B).  The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.

If the period for determining compensation used in calculating an Employee’s allocation for a determination period is a short plan year (i.e. shorter than 12 months), the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual compensation limit multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short plan year, and the denominator of which is 12.  In determining the compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limitation, the rules of section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply except in applying such rules, the term Family Member shall include only the Spouse of the Participant

-  77  -


 

and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age 19 before the close of the Plan Year.  If, as a result of the application of such rules the adjusted, applicable annual compensation limit is exceeded, then (except for purposes of determining the portion of compensation up to the integration level if this plan provides for permitted disparity), the limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to each such individual’s compensation as determined under this Section prior to the application of this limitation or, the limitation shall be adjusted in accordance with any other method permitted by Regulation.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, if an individual is employed by the Employer and is a member of the family of a 5-percent owner, then such individual shall be considered a separate Employee and any Compensation paid to such individual and any applicable contribution or benefit on behalf of such individual shall be treated as if it were attributable solely to that individual.  Except as provided in Treasury Regulations, this provision shall be applied in determining the Compensation of or contributions or benefits on behalf of any Employee for purposes of any section with respect to which a Highly Compensated Employee is defined by reference to Section 414(q) of the Code.  For purposes of determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for the 1997 Plan Year only, the family aggregation rules are considered to have been repealed for 1996. 

If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining an Employee’s benefit for the current determination period, the compensation for such prior year is subject to the applicable annual compensation limit in effect for that prior year.  For this purpose, for years beginning before January 1, 1990, the applicable annual compensation limit is $200,000. 

For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, “Code Section 415 Compensation” will include the Participant’s wages, salaries, fees for professional service, (including for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997, elective deferrals as defined in Section 402(g)(3) of the Code and salary reduction contributions of the Participant not includable in his or her gross income by reasons of Section 125 or Section 132 of the Code), and other amounts for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with an Employer maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to, commissions paid to salesmen, compensation

-  78  -


 

for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips and bonuses and, in the case of a Participant who is an Employee within the meaning of Code Section 401(c)(1) and the Regulations thereunder, the Participant’s Earned Income (as described in Code Section 401(c)(2) and the Regulations thereunder)) paid during the Limitation Year.  “415 Compensation” will exclude:

(a)        Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

(b)        Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

(c)        Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

(d)        Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in Section 403(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (whether or not the amounts are actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, “415 Compensation” for a Limited Year is the compensation actually paid or includible in gross income during such Limitation Year.

-  79  -


 

16.15.       Controlled Group :    Any group of business entities under common control, including but not limited to proprietorships and partnerships, or a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Code Sections 414(b), (c) and (d).

16.16.       Determination Date :    For any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year.  For the first Plan Year, the last day of that Plan Year.

16.17.       Direct Rollover :    A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

16.18.       Disability :    A bodily injury, disease or mental condition which prevents the individual from engaging in any employment or occupation for wage or profit on a continued and permanent basis for the remainder of the individual’s life, for which such individual is eligible for and receiving a disability benefit under Title II of the Federal Social Security Act.  The permanence and degree of such incapacity will be supported by medical evidence.  No Participant shall be deemed to have incurred a Disability, if disability results from engaging in a criminal act, a self-inflicted injury, service in the armed forces of any county, or war, insurrection or rebellion.

16.19.       Distributee :   A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee.  In addition, the Employee’s or former Employee’s surviving Spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

16.20.       Earliest Retirement Date :    The earliest date on which the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits under the Plan.

16.21.       Early Retirement Age :    The age on which a Participant shall have attained the age and completed the requisite Years of Service as set forth in the Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status.

16.22.       Early Retirement Date :    The first day of the month next following a Participant’s attainment of Early Retirement Age on which the Participant elects to begin receiving his retirement benefits hereunder.

16.23.       Eligible Class

(a)  With respect to benefits described in Exhibit A:  Employment as a salaried Employee who receives a regular stated compensation other than a

-  80  -


 

retirement payment, retainer or fee, at one of the following participating divisions or locations of Amphenol Corporation or another Participating Employer:

Spectra Strip, Hamden, Connecticut (Spectra Strip)

Amphenol RF, Danbury, Connecticut (Non Spectra Strip)

Amphenol Fiber Optic Product, Lisle, Illinois (Non Spectra Strip)

Amphenol Tuchel Electronics, Canton, MI (Non Spectra Strip)

Amphenol Interconnect Product Company, Endicott, New York (Non Spectra Strip)

Amphenol Cable on Demand (Non Spectra Strip)

Amphenol RF Severna Operations (closed division) (Non Spectra Strip)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything herein to the contrary, Eligible Class shall exclude:

(i)        Any person in any other Eligible Class currently accruing credits under the Plan or any other defined benefit pension plan to which the Employer or any Affiliated Employer is contributing;

(ii)       Any employee whose conditions of employment are determined by collective bargaining, unless such employment shall be included in the Plan by the express terms of a collective bargaining agreement;

(iii)      Any person whose employment is not for at least 1,000 Hours of Service during any Plan Year;

(iv)      Any Employee of a Foreign Subsidiary if such Employee is not a citizen of the United States;

(v)       Any Employee of a Foreign Subsidiary if contributions under a funded plan of deferred compensation are provided by a person or corporation, other than the Employer, with respect to the remuneration paid to such Employee by such Foreign Subsidiary; and

(vi)      Any Employee of a Foreign Subsidiary if such Employee was not transferred by the Employer to employment with the Foreign Subsidiary directly from employment with the Employer. 

-  81  -


 

(b)  With respect to benefits described in Exhibit B:  Employees employed on an hourly basis at one of the following participating division or locations of Amphenol Corporation or another Participating Employer:

 

Hourly Employees of Spectra Strip, Hamden, Connecticut (Spectra Strip Hourly Pension)

Hourly Employees of Amphenol RF Severna Operations (Teamsters Local 97) (closed division) (Non Spectra Strip Hourly Severna)

Hourly Employees of RF Danbury Employees (International Brotherhood of Electrical Works, Local 2015, AFL-CIO) (Non Spectra Strip Hourly - Danbury)

Hourly Employees of Amphenol Interconnect Products (Non Spectra Strip Hourly - Endicott)

Hourly Employees of Amphenol Cable on Demand (Non Spectra Strip Hourly - Endicott)

Hourly Employees of Amphenol Fiber Optics Products (Non Spectra Strip Hourly - Lisle)

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, or anything herein to the contrary, Eligible Class shall exclude:

 

(i)        Any Employee in any other Eligible Class who is an active participant of the Plan or any plan maintained by a Participating Employer;

(ii)       Any Employee whose conditions of employment are determined by collective bargaining, unless such Employee shall be included in the Plan by the express terms of a collective bargaining agreement;

(iii)      Any Employee who is not a Spectra Strip Employee whose regularly scheduled employment is for less than 1,000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year;

(iv)      Any Employee of a Foreign Subsidiary if such Employee is not a citizen of the United States; and

-  82  -


 

(v)      Any Employee of a Foreign Subsidiary if contributions under a funded plan of deferred compensation are provided by any person or corporation, other than the Employer, with respect to the remuneration paid to such Employee by such Foreign Subsidiary; and

(vi)      Any Employee of a Foreign Subsidiary if such Employee was not transferred by the Employer to employment with the Foreign Subsidiary directly from employment with the Employer.

(c)        With respect to benefits described in Exhibit C:  Employment on the salaried payroll of LPL Technologies, Inc., Times Fiber Communications, Inc. or Amphenol Corporation Headquarters; excluding, however any Amphenol operations employee hired prior to June 1, 1987.

(d)        With respect to any benefits described in Exhibit D:  Hourly Employees at a participating division or location of Times Fiber Communications, Inc. (Chatham, Virginia, Phoenix, Arizona and Liberty, North Carolina).

(e)        With respect to any benefits described in Exhibit E:  Salaried Employees of Sine Systems*Pyle Connectors Corporation who shall have been employed at Pyle-National, Inc. on the date before the date of the merger with The Sine Companies, Inc.

(f)        With respect to benefits described in Exhibit F:  Employment at the Pyle-National Division, represented by the General Service Employees’ Union, Local No. 73 of the Service Employees’ International Union, AFL-CIO.

(g)        With respect to benefits described in Exhibit G:  Employment as a salaried Employee at a participating division or location of Amphenol Aerospace Operations. 

(h)        With respect to benefits described in Exhibit H:  Employment at a participating division or location of Amphenol Aerospace Operations on an hourly basis, including employment as an hourly rated person on incentive pay plan, within the scope of the collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the Participating Unit. 

16.24.       Eligible Retirement Plan

(a)          An individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a)

-  83  -


 

of the Code, that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is only an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

(b)        Effective after December 31, 2001, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.  The definition of Eligible Retirement Plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.

(c)        Effective after December 31, 2007, a Participant or Beneficiary may elect to roll over directly an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A(b).  For this purpose, the term Eligible Rollover Distribution includes a rollover distribution of after-tax contributions, if applicable.

16.25.       Eligible Rollover Distribution

(a)          Any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10) years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

(b)        Notwithstanding (a) above, effective after December 31, 2001, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an Eligible Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income.  However, such portion may be paid only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined

-  84  -


 

contribution plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.  Effective after December 31, 2006, such portion also may be paid to such a 403(b) plan.

16.26.       Employee :    Any person in the employ of the Employer or of any other employer required to be aggregated with the Employer under Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, excluding any person who is designated, or otherwise determined to be:  (i) an independent contractor, regardless of whether such individual is ultimately determined to be an employee pursuant to the Code or any other applicable law, or (ii) a member of the substitute work force, as distinguished from a regular full-time or part-time employee, that is a separate employment classification based on availability of work.

The term Employee will also include any Leased Employee deemed to be an Employee of any employer described in the previous paragraph as provided in Sections 414(n) or (o) of the Code.

16.27.       Employer :  Amphenol Corporation, any successor which will maintain this Plan and any predecessor which has maintained this Plan.  The Employer is a corporation, with principal offices in the State of Connecticut.

16.28.       Employment Commencement Date :The date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

16.29.       Exhibit :  The attachment to this Plan which forms a part of this Plan which describes the benefits, rights and features applicable to Employees within a certain Eligible Class.  Notwithstanding the distinct benefit structures, rights and features described in any

Exhibit, the Plan is to be treated as a single plan as described in Regulation Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1) and all provisions shall be construed in a manner consistent with such treatment.

16.30.       ERISA :  The Employee Retirement Income Act of 1974, as it may from time to time be amended or supplemented.

16.31.       Family Member :The Employee’s spouse, any of the Employee’s lineal descendants and ascendants and the spouses of the Employee’s lineal descendants and ascendants, all as described in Code Section 414(q)(6)(B).

-  85  -


 

16.32.       Fiscal Year :     The Employer’s accounting year of 12 months commencing on January 1 of each year and ending the following December 31.

16.33.       Foreign Subsidiary :    Any corporation organized or created otherwise than in or under the laws of the United States or any State therein or territory thereof if:

(a)        twenty percent (20%) or more of such foreign corporation’s voting stock is owned by the Employer; or

(b)        fifty percent (50%) or more of such foreign corporation’s voting stock is owned by a foreign corporation described in subparagraph (a) immediately above; provided, in either case, that an agreement which remains in effect has been entered into by the Employer to have the insurance system established under Title II of the Social Security Act, as amended, extended to cover all United States citizens who are employed by such foreign corporation; and it is not an Affiliated Employer.        

16.34.       Forfeiture :    That portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit that is not vested, and occurs on the earlier of:

(a)        the distribution of the entire vested portion of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit; or

(b)        the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

Furthermore, for purposes of paragraph (a) above, in the case of a Participant who has terminated employment with the Employer, and whose vested Accrued Benefit is zero, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested Accrued Benefit upon his termination of employment.  In addition, the term Forfeiture shall also include amounts deemed to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan.

16.35.       Highly Compensated Employee

An Employee who, on the snapshot day:

(a)        is a five percent (5%) owner (as defined in the definition of “Key Employee”);

(b)        received Compensation from the Employer in excess of the amount set forth in Code Section 414(q)(1)(B) (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code);

(c)        received Compensation from the Employer in excess of the amount set forth in Code Section 414(q)(1)(C) and was a member of the Top-Paid Group; or

-  86  -


 

(d)        was an officer of the Employer described in Code Section 414(q)(1)(D).

Notwithstanding the above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996 (except that for purposes of determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year beginning in 1997, this provision shall be treated as having been in effect for Plan Years beginning in 1996), “Highly Compensated Employee” means any employee who:

(a)        was a 5-percent owner at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding year, or

(b)        for the preceding year had Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000.

If the determination on Employee’s status as a Highly Compensated Employee is made earlier than the last day of the Plan Year, Compensation shall be projected for the Plan Year under a reasonable method established by the Employer.

In the event there are Employees not employed on the snapshot day that are taken into account for purposes of the “nondiscrimination requirements” identified in Rev. Proc. 93-42, the term Highly Compensated Employee shall include any eligible Employee for the Plan Year who:

(a)        terminated employment prior to the snapshot day and was a Highly Compensated Employee in the prior year;

(b)        terminated prior to the snapshot day and

(i)        was a five percent (5%) owner;

(ii)       has Compensation for the Plan Year greater than or equal to the projected Compensation of any Employee who is treated as a Highly Compensated Employee on the snapshot day (except for Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees solely because they are five percent (5%) owners or officers); or

(iii)      is an officer and has Compensation greater than or equal to the projected Compensation of any other officer who is a Highly Compensated Employee on the snapshot day solely because that person is an officer.

-  87  -


 

In applying the above method in determining Highly Compensated Employees, the terms and provisions of Regulation Section 1.414(q)-IT shall apply to the extent that they are not inconsistent with the methods specifically provided above and in Rev. Proc. 93-42.

16.36.       Highly Compensated Participant :   A Highly Compensated Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements and is participating in the Plan.

16.37.       Hours of Service

(1)        Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer.  These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed.

(2)        Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including Disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence, during the applicable computation period.  These hours include the normally scheduled work hours for the Employee during the first six (6) months of disability or while the Employee is receiving any short-term or long-term disability benefits under any insured or non-insured disability plan to which the Employer contributes.  Notwithstanding the above,

(a)        no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);

(b)        an hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed shall not be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purposes of complying with applicable worker’s compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and

(c)        Hours of Service shall not be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.

For purposes of this Section, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or

-  88  -


 

indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate.

(3)        Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer.  The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (1) or paragraph (2), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (3).  These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

(4)        Each hour of the normally scheduled work hours for each week during any period the Employee is on any leave of absence from work with the Employer for military service with the armed forces of the United States, but not to exceed the period required under the law pertaining to veteran’s reemployment rights: provided, however, if the Employee fails to report to work at the end of such leave during which the Employee has reemployment rights, the Employee shall not receive credit for hours on such leave.

(5)        The number of normally scheduled work hours for each day of authorized leave of absence, granted by the Employer for which the Employee is not compensated.

Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other members of an affiliated service group (under Code Section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations (under Code Section 414(b)), or a group of trades or businesses under common control (under Code Section 414 (c)) of which the adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder.

Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code Section 414(n) or Code Section 414(o) and the Regulations thereunder.

The provisions of Department of Labor Regulations 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

Solely to determine whether a one Year Break in Service has occurred for eligibility or vesting purposes for an Employee who is absent on maternity or paternity leave, a

-  89  -


 

Break in Service will not be deemed to occur until the second anniversary of the first day of the maternity or paternity leave.  The period between the first and second anniversaries of the maternity or paternity leave neither counts as a Break in Service nor as a Year of Service.

Service will be determined on the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.  When no time records are available, the Employee shall be given credit for Hours of Service based on the number of normally scheduled work hours for each week the Employee is on the Employer’s payroll (which shall not be less than 40 hours per week for exempt salaried Employees), as determined in accordance with reasonable standards and policies from time to time adopted by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c).

16.38.       Inactive Participants :    A former active Participant who has an Accrued Benefit.

16.39.       Key Employee :    For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, Key Employee means any Employee or former Employee who at any time during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date was (1) an officer of the Employer having an annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002); (2) a five percent owner of the Employer; or (3) a one percent owner of the Employer who has annual compensation of more than $150,000.  Annual compensation means compensation as defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code.  For purposes of determining five percent and one-percent owners, the rules of subsections (b), (c) and (m) of section 414 of the Code do not apply.  For purposes of this Section, Beneficiaries of any Employee or former Employee acquire the character of said employee who performed service for the Employer, and the benefits inherited under the Plan by a Beneficiary will retain the character of the benefits of the Employee who performed the services for the Employer.  The determination of who is a Key Employee will in all cases be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. 

16.40.       Late Retirement Date :    The first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date the Participant retires after attaining his or her Normal Retirement Age.

16.41.       Leased Employee :    Any person (other than an Employee of the Employer) who pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person (“leasing organization”) has performed for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) services of a type historically performed by

-  90  -


 

employees in the business field of the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year.  Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the Employer will be treated as provided by the Employer.

Notwithstanding the aforesaid, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, for all purposes in the Plan, “Leased Employee” means any person who is not a common law employee of the recipient and who provides services to the recipient if:

(a)        such services are provided pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (in this Section referred to as the “Leasing Organization”);

(b)        such person has performed such services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one (1) year; and

(c)        such services are performed under primary direction or control by the recipient.

A Leased Employee will not be considered an Employee of the Employer if:

(a)        such Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing:

(1)        a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee’s gross income under Section 125, Section 402(e)(3), Section 402(h) or Section 403(b) of the Code,

(2)        immediate participation, and

(3)        full and immediate vesting; and

(b)        Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the Employer’s Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

16.42.       Limitation Year :    The Plan Year.

16.43.       Non-Highly Compensated Employee :

Any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

16.44.       Non-Key Employee :    Any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

-  91  -


 

16.45.       Normal Form of Benefit :    The form of benefit set forth in the Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status.

16.46.       Normal Retirement Age :    Age sixty-five (65), or such other age set forth in Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status.

16.47.       Normal Retirement Date :    The first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date a Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

16.48.       Participant :      Any Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements and is participating in the Plan.

16.49.       Participating Employer :    Any corporation or entity, other than the Employer, whether an affiliate or subsidiary of the Employer or not, who, with the consent of the Employer and the Trustee, adopts the Plan and all of the provisions hereof by a properly executed document evidencing said intent of such Participating Employer.

16.50.       Period of Military Duty :    The period of time from the date the Employee was first absent from active work for the Employer because of duty in the armed forces of the United States to the date the Employee was re-employed by the Employer at a time when the Employee had a right to re-employment in accordance with seniority rights as protected under Section 2021 through 2026 of Title 38 of the U.S. Code.

16.51.       Period of Service :    The aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and ending on the date a Break in Service begins.

16.52.       Period of Severance :    A continuous period of time of at least twelve (12) months during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer.  Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service.

16.53      Plan :   The Employer’s qualified retirement plan as set forth in this document, including the Exhibits attached hereto and made a part hereof and as hereafter amended, known as the Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation.

Effective February 12, 1975, the Eltra Corporation Pension Plan for Salaried Employees was formed by the merger of the seven pension plans then sponsored by the Eltra Corporation.  Effective December 31 1979, this plan was amended to provide benefits to Spectra Strip

-  92  -


 

employees.  Effective January 1, 1982, this plan was renamed the Bunker Ramo/Eltra Corporation Pension Plan for Salaried Employees – former Eltra Salaried Plan (the “Eltra Plan”).

Effective January 1, 1976, the Bunker Ramo Profit Sharing Retirement Plan (the “Profit Sharing Plan”) was integrated and merged with the Bunker Ramo Corporation Pension Plan, which was subsequently renamed the Bunker Ramo/Eltra Corporation Pension Plan for Salaried Employees (the “Bunker Plan”).

Effective December 9, 1985, all assets and liabilities of the Bunker Plan, except for those related to active employees, were spunoff into the Bunker Ramo/Eltra Corporation Retirement Plan (“B/E Retirement Plan”).

Effective December 30, 1985, all assets and liabilities of the Eltra Plan, except for those related to active and former employees of the Mergenthaler and Spectra Strip divisions, were spunoff into five additional plans, one of which was the NARCO Retirement Plan (“NARCO Plan”).

Effective June 17, 1986, the Eltra Plan was merged with the Bunker Plan, with each plan’s structure preserved.  Effective August 1, 1986, the merged plan was renamed the Allied Corporation Pension Plan for Salaried Employees (the “Allied Plan”).

Prior to December 10, 1986, all liabilities and assets of the Bunker Ramo/Eltra Corporation Pension Plan for Hourly Rated Mergenthaler Employees Represented by Local 365 UAW (the “Mergenthaler Plan”) were merged into the Allied Plan, with benefits for active participants equal to those under the Eltra Plan.

Prior to December 31, 1986, all liabilities and certain assets of the NARCO Plan and the B/E Retirement Plan were merged into the Allied Plan.

Effective January 1, 1987, assets and liabilities related to active, terminated and retired employees of the Amphenol Corporation were spun off to the Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan of the Amphenol Corporation.

Effective January 1, 1987, assets and liabilities related to active, terminated and retired employees of the Linotype Company were spun off to the Linotype Company Pension Plan.

Effective December 31, 1997, all liabilities and assets of the defined benefit pension plans then sponsored by the Employer and its affiliates were merged with the Plan (formerly known as the Salaried Employees Pension Plan of Amphenol Corporation) which was subsequently renamed Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation.

-  93  -


 

16.54.       Plan Administrator :    The Employer or such persons or entities designated by the Employer to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employer.  The Plan Administrator shall be a named “fiduciary”, as referred to in Section 402(a) of ERISA, with respect to the management, operation and administration of the Plan.

16.55.       Plan Year :    The 12-consecutive month period designated by the Employer beginning January 1 of each year ending the following December 31.

16.56.       Predecessor Employer :    A firm absorbed by the Employer by change of name, merger, acquisition or a change of corporate status, or a firm of which the Employer was once a part.

16.57.       Present Value of Accrued Benefit :    The lump sum value of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit at a valuation date, calculated by reference to the actuarial assumptions set forth in Schedule A attended to the corresponding Exhibit hereto.

16.58.       Primary Social Security Retirement Benefit :    A Participant’s Primary Social Security Retirement Benefit is the estimated Primary Insurance Amount to which the Participant is entitled at his Normal Retirement Date of Late Retirement Date, if later.  If a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date precedes his Social Security Retirement Age, his Primary Insurance Amount will be decreased by the applicable reduction factor provided under Title II of the federal Social Security Act for the period between Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date and his Social Security Retirement Age.  If a Participant retires after his Social Security Retirement Age, his Primary Insurance Amount will be increased by the applicable delayed retirement credit provided under Title II of the federal Social Security Act for the period between his Social Security Retirement Age and his actual retirement date or age seventy (70), whichever is earlier.  The failure of the Participant to receive such amount or any portion thereof for whatever reason shall be disregarded.  When determining the Participant’s Primary Insurance Amount, it will be assumed that the Participant received Compensation for all prior years by applying a retrospective salary scale to the Participant’s Compensation which he received during the plan year preceding his last day of employment.  This retrospective salary scale will be based on the actual past changes in the national average wages from year to year as determined by the Social Security Administration.  The application of this retrospective salary scale to the Participant’s Compensation which he received during the plan year preceding his last day of employment will produce an estimate of Compensation from the Participant’s last day of employment backwards to the calendar year of the Participant’s eighteen birthday.  If a Participant’s last day of employment occurs before his 65 th birthday, his Compensation which he received during the plan year preceding his last day of

-  94  -


 

employment will be assumed to continue from his last day of employment to his 65 th birthday for purposes of determining his Primary Insurance Amount.  However, if the Participant provides the Employer with satisfactory evidence of the Participant’s actual past compensation for such prior years and if such past compensation is treated as wages under the Social Security Act, the Plan must use such actual past compensation.  The Plan must provide written notice to each Participant of the Participant’s right to supply actual compensation history and of the financial consequences of failing to supply such history.  The notice must be given each time the summary plan description is provided to the Participant and must also be given upon the Participant’s separation from service.  The notice must also state that the Participant can obtain the actual compensation history from the Social Security Administration.

16.59.       Qualified Domestic Relations Order :  A signed domestic relations order issued by a state court which creates, recognizes or assigns to an alternate payee(s) the right to receive all or part of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit and which meets the requirements of Code Section 414(p).

16.60.       Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity :    An annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse equal to fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse, and which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Normal Form of Benefit.

16.61.       Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity :    An annuity form of payment for the life of the surviving Spouse of the Participant who dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date in an amount equal to the benefit that would have been payable if the Participant had:

(a)        separated from service on the date of death (or date of separation from service, if earlier),

(b)        survived to the Earliest Retirement Age,

(c)        retired as of the Earliest Retirement Age with an immediate Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

(d)        died on the day after the Earliest Retirement Age.

-  95  -


 

16.62.       Re-employment Commencement Date :    The date the Employee is first credited with an Hour of Service for performing duties following a Break in Service or Period of Severance.

16.63.       Re-entry Date :   The date an Inactive Participant re-enters the Plan.

16.64.       Regulation :    Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate, and as amended from time to time.

16.65.       Retirement :    Termination of employment while in the Eligible Class:

(a)        after the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

(b)        after the Participant attains Early Retirement Age; or

(c)        due to disability.

16.66.       Social Security Retirement Age :    The age used as the retirement age under Section 216(I) of the Social Security Act, except that such Section shall be applied without regard to the age increase factor and as if the early retirement age under Section 216 (I)(2) of such Act were sixty-two (62).

16.67.      Spouse :  A Participant’s legally married spouse, or surviving legally married spouse; provided that a person who was formerly legally married to a Participant will be treated as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse, and a person who is currently legally married to a Participant will not be treated as the spouse or surviving Spouse, to the extent provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. 

16.68.      Straight Life Annuity :    An annuity payable in equal installments for the life of the Participant that terminates upon the Participant’s death.

16.69.      Super Top-Heavy Plan :    This Plan for any Plan Year in which, as of the Determination Date, “90%” were substituted for “60%” where it appears in the definition of “Top-Heavy Plan”.

16.70.      Top-Heavy Group :    Any Aggregation Group for which the sum as of the Determination Date of

(a)        the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans included in the Aggregation Group, and

(b)        the aggregate of the accrued benefit of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans in the Aggregation Group, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of the similar sum determined for all Employees.

-  96  -


 

16.71.      Top-Heavy Plan :  This Plan for any Plan Year in which, as of the Determination Date, the sum of:

(a)        the Accrued Benefits of Key Employees under this Plan and any other defined benefit plan of the Employer which is included with this Plan in an Aggregation Group, plus

(b)        the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under any defined contribution pension plan of Employer which is included with this Plan in an Aggregation Group, exceeds sixty percent (60%) of a similar sum determined for all Key Employees and Non-Key Employees.

To the extent required by Code Section 416(g)(3), distributions from such plans during the five-year period ending on the Determination Date will be added to said Accrued Benefits and said aggregate of present values of the cumulative accrued benefits (both for Key Employees and all Key Employees and Non-Key Employees).

For purposes of this Section and to the extent required by Code Section 416(g)(4)(A) and (B), rollover contributions or similar transfers initiated by an Employee and made after December 31, 1983, and benefits and accounts of an Employee who was a Key Employee but who will have ceased to be a Key Employee will not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

To the extent required by Code Section 416(g)(4)(E), if an Employee has not performed services for the Employer at any time during the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date, any Accrued Benefits and present value of cumulative accrued benefits for such Employee will not be taken into account in determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

16.72.      Top-Heavy Ratio

(a)        If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees, and the present value of accrued

-  97  -


 

benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, and the present value of accrued benefits under the defined plan or plans for all participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.  The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date.

(b)        For purposes of paragraph (a) above the value of account balances and the Present Value of Accrued Benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided in Section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan.  The account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant (1) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded.  The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.  Deductible Employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio.  When aggregating plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applied for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (b) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Section 411(b)(I)(C) of the Code.

For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be

-  98  -


 

increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date.  The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.  In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for “1-year period.”  The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Company during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

16.73.      Top-Paid Group :    The group consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of Employees when ranked on the basis of Compensation paid during such year.  For purposes of determining the number of Employees in the group (but not for purposes of determining who is in it), the following Employees will be excluded:

(a)        Employees who have not completed six (6) months of service with the Employer.

(b)        Employees who normally work for the Employer less than seventeen and one-half (17 ½) hours per week.

(c)        Employees who normally do not work for the Employer more than six (6) months during any Plan Year.

(d)        Employees who have not attained age twenty-one (21).

(e)        Employees included in a collective bargaining unit who are covered by an agreement between Employee representatives and the Employer, where retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining, provided that ninety percent (90%) or more of the Employer’s Employees are covered by this agreement.

(f)        Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income which constitutes income from sources within the United States.

-  99  -


 

16.74.      Trust Agreement .    The instrument executed by the Employer and the Trustee fixing the rights and liabilities of each with respect to holding and administering Plan assets for the purposes of the Plan.

16.75.      Trust Fund .    The assets of the Plan as held and administered by the Trustee.

16.76.      Trustee .    The trustees named in the Trust Agreement and their successors.

16.77.      Valuation Date .    The Anniversary Date of the Plan or such other date as agreed to by the Employer and the Trustee on which Participant Accrued Benefits are revalued.

16.78.      Year of Accrual Service :    As defined in the Exhibit corresponding to the Participant’s classification and status; provided, however, effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, including any Exhibit, service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.

16.79.      Year of Eligibility Service :    A twelve (12) consecutive month period (computation period) described in the Exhibit corresponding to the Employee’s classification and status; provided, however, effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, including any Exhibit, service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.

16.80.      Year of Service :  The total years of employment of an Employee with the Employer commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date, and ending with the date such Employee Quits, retires, or is discharged or released, or the date of expiration of an Employee’s authorized leave of absence; provided, however, effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, including any Exhibit, service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.

The computation period shall be the twelve (12) month period commencing of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date, and anniversaries thereof unless a different computation period is expressly stated.

16.81.      Year of Vesting Service :    As defined in the Exhibit corresponding to the Employee’s classification and status; provided, however, effective December 12, 1994, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, including any Exhibit, service credit

-  100  -


 

with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Internal Revenue Code.

The computation period shall be the twelve (12) month period commencing on the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date, and anniversaries thereof unless a different computation period is expressly stated.

-  101  -


Exhibit 10.7

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT (2016-1) TO THE 
PENSION PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF AMPHENOL CORPORATION 
AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2016

 

Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016 (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective January 1, 2008:

 

1. A new subsection (i) is added to Section 5.3 to read as follows:

 

See section 101(j) of ERISA for rules requiring the plan administrator of a single employer defined benefit pension plan to provide a written notice to participants and beneficiaries within 30 days after certain specified dates if the plan has become subject to a limitation described in this Section 5.3.

 

 

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

 

 

DATED: November 10, 2016

BY:

/s/ David Silverman

David Silverman

 

Its: Vice President Human Resources

 

 


Exhibit 10.8

 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT (2016-2) TO THE

PENSION PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF AMPHENOL CORPORATION
AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2016

 

Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016 (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective September 1, 2016:  

 

1. A new Section 7.20 is added to read as follows:

 

7.20     Special 2016 Window .  

 

a.  Each Participant: (i) who has terminated employment on or before July 31, 2016 with a vested interest in his Accrued Benefit; (ii) who is not actively employed by the Employer on December 1, 2016; (iii) whose Accrued Benefit, expressed as a lump sum amount as of December 1, 2016, does not exceed $18,000; and (iv)  whose Benefit Starting Date will not have occurred prior to December 1, 2016 (an “Eligible Window Participant”)  shall be entitled to elect as a form of benefit, during the Special 2016 Window Election Period,  an immediate 100% lump sum payment, as provided in this Section 7.20.

 

b.  The “Special 2016 Window Election Period” is defined to be a period commencing on October 1, 2016 and ending on November 15, 2016.   If an election is not made prior to the expiration of the Special 2016 Window Election Period, or subsection (g) hereof does not automatically apply, any rights under the Special 2016 Window shall terminate, and the timing and form of payment of benefits shall be governed by the terms of the Plan without regard to the Special 2016 Window; provided however that if an election is made on or prior to November 15, 2016 but there are procedural defects with respect thereto, the Plan Administrator in its discretion may extend the Special 2016 Window Election Period until November 30, 2016 to allow the Participant to correct any such defects.

 


 

c.  An Eligible Window Participant who will have reached Early Retirement Age under the applicable Exhibit on or before December 1, 2016 will be entitled to elect, solely in the Special 2016 Window Election Period, among (i) all of the forms of benefit available to such Participant under the Plan, and (ii) an immediate 100% lump sum payment pursuant to the Special 2016 Window, in all cases with a Benefit Starting Date of  December 1, 2016.  

 

d.  An Eligible Window Participant who will not have reached Early Retirement Age under the applicable Exhibit on or before December 1, 2016 will be entitled to elect, solely in the Special 2016 Window Election Period,  between (i) the automatic form of benefit available to such Participant under Section 7.3 and the applicable Exhibit (provided that if such automatic form is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity it shall be deemed to include the choice of a 75% survivor annuity for the Spouse) and (ii) an immediate 100% lump sum payment pursuant to the Special 2016 Window, in both cases with a Benefit Starting Date of December 1, 2016.  

 

e.  The Special 2016 Window shall also be offered to a Spouse of a Participant who is deceased if: (i) such Spouse’s Benefit Starting Date will not have occurred prior to December 1, 2016; and (ii) such Spouse’s Accrued Benefit, expressed as a lump sum amount as of December 1, 2016, does not exceed $18,000.  Such Spouse shall be entitled to elect between (i) the annuity otherwise available under the Plan and (ii) an immediate 100% lump sum payment pursuant to the Special 2016 Window, in both cases with a Benefit Starting Date of December 1, 2016.

 

f.  The Special 2016 Window shall also be offered to an Alternate Payee with respect to a Participant if (i) the Participant with respect to such Alternate Payee is an Eligible Window Participant; (ii)  such Alternate Payee’s Accrued Benefit, expressed as a lump sum amount as of December 1, 2016, does not exceed $18,000; (iii) the Qualified Domestic Relations Order does not otherwise restrict such treatment; and (iv) such Alternate Payee’s Benefit Starting Date will not have occurred prior to December 1, 2016.  Such Alternate Payee shall be entitled to elect between (i) the benefit form or forms otherwise available under the Qualified Domestic Relations Order and (ii) an immediate 100% lump sum payment pursuant to the Special 2016 Window, in both cases with a Benefit  Starting Date of December 1, 2016.

2

 

 


 

g.  Notwithstanding the provisions of  paragraphs (c),  (d),  (e) and (f), in the event the present value of the lump sum amount does not exceed $5,000, payment thereof shall be made in an immediate lump sum payment, without any election by the Participant, Spouse or Alternate Payee, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 7.5(a) hereof (and in the case of the Pension Plan for Hourly Employees of the Sidney Division, Exhibit H, in accordance with Section 7.5(a) hereof notwithstanding its general inapplicability).

 

h.   The immediate 100% lump sum payment pursuant to the Special 2016 Window shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit at Normal Retirement Date, except that for the Pension Plan for Hourly Employees of the Sidney Division, Exhibit H, the Actuarial Equivalent of the Accrued Benefit at the later of age 62 or current age shall be used .   With respect to benefits payable at a time when they would not be otherwise payable under the Plan, the section 417(e) assumptions referenced in the definition of “Actuarial Equivalent” shall be used for any period prior to the earliest date on which an amount would be otherwise payable.

 

 

2. A new Section 16.11A is added to read as follows:

 

16.11A  “Benefit Starting Date” - shall be the Annuity Starting Date.

 

3. A new Section 16.25A is added to read as follows:

 

16.25A  “Eligible Window Participant” - shall be as defined in Section 7.20.

 

 

 

4. New Sections 16.66A and 16.66B are added to read as follows:

 

16.66A  “Special 2016 Window” - means the special distribution election offered to certain terminated vested Participants,  certain Spouses of deceased Participants and certain

3

 

 


 

Alternate Payees with respect to terminated vested Participants, all in accordance with Section 7.20 hereof.

 

16.66B  “Special 2016 Window Election Period” shall be as defined in Section 7.20.

 

 

 

 

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

 

DATED:  October 1, 2016

BY:

/s/ David Silverman

David Silverman

 

Its:  Vice President Human Resources

 

4

 

 


Exhibit 10.9

 

THIRD AMENDMENT (2016-3) TO THE

PENSION PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF AMPHENOL CORPORATION
AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2016

 

Pursuant to Section 12.1 of the Pension Plan for Employees of Amphenol Corporation as amended and restated effective January 1, 2016 (the "Plan"), the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective January 1, 2017:  

 

1. Exhibit D (Chatham Cable)  is amended such that Section 4.1(a)(1)(xv) shall read as follows: 

(xv) $23.00, for Participants terminating employment on or after January 1, 2014 and prior to January 1, 2017; or.

 

2. Exhibit D (Chatham Cable) is amended by the addition of a new Section 4.1(a)(1)(xvi) to read as follows:

 

(xvi) $24.00 for Participants terminating employment on or after January 1, 2017.

 

3. Exhibit H (SidneyHourly) is amended by restating Section 4.1(a) to read as follows:

(a)  Accrued Benefit.  The amount of the monthly retirement benefit in the Normal Form to be provided for each Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date shall be equal to such Participant’s monthly Accrued Benefit as of any date, subject to modifications set out below, equal to the product of (1) and (2):

 

(1) an amount equal to

 

(i)  $42.50 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class on or after January 1, 2017;

 

(ii)  $40.00 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class on or after January 1, 2014, but prior to January 1, 2017;

 

(iii)  $37.00 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class on or after December 1, 2010, but prior to January 1, 2014;

 

(iv)  $34.00 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class on or after January 1, 2008, but prior to December 1, 2010;

 


 

(v)  $30.00 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class on or after January 1, 2005, but prior to January 1, 2008;

 

(vi)  $26.50 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class on or after January 1, 2002, but prior to January 1, 2005;

 

(vii)  $23.50 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class on or after January 1, 1999 but prior to January 1, 2002;

 

(viii)  $20.50 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class on or after November 1, 1997 but prior to January 1, 1999;

 

(ix)  $20.00 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class on or after November 1, 1996, but prior to November 1, 1997;

 

(x)  $19.00 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class subsequent to October 31, 1993 but prior to November 1, 1996;

 

(xi)  $18.50 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class subsequent to October 31, 1990 but prior to November 1, 1993; or

 

(xii)  $18.00 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class subsequent to November 4, 1989 but prior to November 1, 1990; or

 

(xiii)  $17.00 for Participants terminating employment in the Eligible Class subsequent to October 31 1987 but prior to November 5, 1989.

 

and

 

(2) such Participant’s Years of Accrual Service.

 

The Accrued Benefit for a Participant terminating employment prior to November 1, 1987 shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of the Plan in effect on the date of such Participant’s termination of employment.

 

 

4. Effective January 1, 2017, Exhibit H (SidneyHourly)  is amended by adding the new last paragraph to Section 4.5, Disability Benefits:

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Participant who terminates employment as an active Employee as a result of Disability after December 31, 2016 shall be entitled to a Disability Benefit under this Section 4.5.  A Participant who is on short term disability on or before December 31, 2016 shall be entitled to a Disability Benefit under this Section 4.5 if he or she subsequently satisfies the provisions of Section 4.5 and the related applicable provisions of the Plan in effect prior to January 1, 2017.  A Participant who is receiving a Disability Benefit under this Section 4.5 as of December 31, 2016 shall

2


 

continue to receive such Disability Benefit in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5 and the related applicable provisions of the Plan in effect prior to January 1, 2017.

 

 

 

AMPHENOL CORPORATION

 

 

DATED: December 13, 2016

BY:  

/s/ David Silverman

David Silverman

    

Its:   Vice President Human Resources

 

 

3


Exhibit 21.1

 

 

 

 

 

State / Country of

 

List of Subsidiaries

    

Incorporation

    

 

 

 

 

All Systems Broadband, Inc.

 

California, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Adronics, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Advanced Sensors Germany GmbH

 

Germany

 

Amphenol Advanced Sensors Puerto Rico, LLC

 

Puerto Rico

 

Amphenol Air LB North America Inc.

 

Canada

 

Amphenol Air LB GmbH

 

Germany

 

Air LB International Development S.A.

 

Luxembourg

 

Amphenol Air LB SAS

 

France

 

Amphenol Alden Products Company

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Alden Products Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Amphenol Antenna Solutions, Inc.

 

Illinois, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Assemble Tech (Xiamen) Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Australia Pty Ltd

 

Australia

 

Amphenol Automotive Connection Systems (Changzhou) Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Benelux B.V.

 

Netherlands

 

Amphenol-Borg Limited

 

U.K.

 

Amphenol-Borg Pension Trustees Limited

 

U.K.

 

Amphenol Borisch Technologies, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Cables On Demand Corp.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Canada Corp.

 

Canada

 

Amphenol (Changzhou) Advanced Connector Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol (Changzhou) Connector Systems Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol (Changzhou) Electronics Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol CNT (Xian) Technology Co. Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Comercial S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Amphenol Commercial Products (Chengdu) Co. Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Commercial Interconnect Korea Co., Ltd.

 

Korea

 

Amphenol Commercial and Industrial UK, Limited

 

U.K.

 

Amphenol ConneXus AB

 

Sweden

 

Amphenol ConneXus Ou

 

Estonia

 

Amphenol Daeshin Electronics and Precision Co., Ltd

 

Korea

 

Amphenol East Asia Electronic Technology (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol DC Electronics, Inc.

 

California, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol East Asia Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Amphenol EEC, Inc.

 

Illinois, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol (Ningde) Electronics Co., Ltd

 

China

 

Amphenol (Tianjin) Electronics Co. Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol FCI Asia Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

Amphenol Fiber Optic Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Finland Oy

 

Finland

 

Amphenol France Acquisition SAS

 

France

 

Amphenol France SAS

 

France

 

Amphenol Germany GmbH

 

Germany

 

Amphenol Gesellschaft m.b.H.

 

Austria

 

Amphenol Griffith Enterprises, LLC

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Goldstar Electronic Systems (Baicheng) Co. Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Goldstar Electronic Systems (Yulin) Co. Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol (Xiamen) High Speed Cable Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Holding UK, Limited

 

U.K.

 

Amphenol Intercon Systems, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Interconnect India Private Limited

 

India

 

Amphenol Interconnect Products Corporation

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Interconnect South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

 

South Africa

 

Amphenol International Ltd.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

1


 

 

 

 

 

State / Country of

 

List of Subsidiaries

    

Incorporation

    

 

 

 

 

Amphenol Invotec Limited

 

U.K.

 

Amphenol Italia S.r.l.

 

Italy

 

Amphenol Japan Ltd.

 

Japan

 

Amphenol Kai-Jack (Shenzhen), Inc.

 

China

 

Amphenol Limited

 

U.K.

 

Amphenol LTW Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Taiwan

 

Amphenol Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

 

Malaysia

 

Amphenol MCP Korea Limited

 

Korea

 

Amphenol Middle East Enterprises FZE

 

U.A.E.

 

Amphenol Nelson Dunn Technologies, Inc.

 

California, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Netherlands Holdings 1 B.V.

 

Netherlands

 

Amphenol Netherlands Holdings 2 B.V.

 

Netherlands

 

Amphenol New Zealand Limited

 

New Zealand

 

Amphenol Omniconnect India Private Limited

 

India

 

Amphenol Optimize Manufacturing Co.

 

Arizona, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Optimize Mexico S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Amphenol PCD, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol PCD (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Printed Circuits, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Provens SAS

 

France

 

Amphenol (Qu jing) Technology Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol RF Asia Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Amphenol Sensing Korea Company Limited

 

South Korea

 

Amphenol Shouh Min Enterprise (Hong Kong) Company Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Amphenol Shouh Min Industry (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Singapore Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

Amphenol Socapex SAS

 

France

 

Amphenol T&M Antennas, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol TCS Ireland Limited

 

Ireland

 

Amphenol TCS (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.

 

Malaysia

 

Amphenol TCS de Mexico S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Amphenol Tecvox LLC

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol-TFC (Changzhou) Communication Equipment Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol TFC do Brasil Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

Amphenol TFC Fios E Cabos do Brasil Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

Amphenol TFC MDE Participacoes Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

Amphenol Taiwan Corporation

 

Taiwan

 

Amphenol Technical Products International Co.

 

Canada

 

Amphenol Technology Macedonia Dooel Kacani

 

Macedonia

 

Amphenol Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Technology (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Amphenol Tel-Ad Ltd.

 

Israel

 

Amphenol Thermometrics, Inc.

 

Pennsylvania, U.S.A.

 

Amphenol Thermometrics (UK) Limited

 

U.K.

 

Amphenol Times Microwave Electronics (Shanghai) Limited

 

China

 

Amphenol Tuchel Electronics GmbH

 

Germany

 

Amphenol Tuchel Industrial GmbH

 

Germany

 

Amphenol Tunisia LLC

 

Tunisia

 

Amphenol USHoldco Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Anytek Electronic Technology (Shenzhen) Co. Ltd

 

China

 

Anytek International Co. Ltd.

 

Mauritius

 

Anytek International (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

 

China

 

Anytek Technology Corporation Ltd

 

Taiwan

 

2


 

 

 

 

 

State / Country of

 

List of Subsidiaries

    

Incorporation

    

 

 

 

 

Asia Connector Services, Ltd.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

ARCAS Automotive Group (Luxco 1) S.a.r.l.

 

Luxembourg

 

AUXEL FTG, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

AUXEL FTG India Pvt Ltd.

 

India

 

AUXEL FTG Shanghai Co. Ltd.

 

China

 

AUXEL S.A.

 

France

 

Berg UK Ltd.

 

U.K.

 

Blueline Product Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Casco Automotive Singapore Pte., Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

Casco Automotive (Suzhou) Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Casco Automotive Tunisia S.a.r.l.

 

Tunisia

 

Casco do Brasil Ltda.

 

Brazil

 

Casco Imos Italia S.r.l.

 

Italy

 

Casco Products Corporation

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Casco Holdings Co. Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Casco Holdings GmbH

 

Germany

 

Casco Logistics GmbH

 

Germany

 

Casco Schoeller GmbH

 

Germany

 

C&S Antennas, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

C&S Antennas Limited

 

U.K.

 

CSA Limited

 

U.K.

 

ContactServe (Proprietary) Limited

 

South Africa

 

Cemm-Mex, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Cemm Thome Corporation

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Cemm Thome SK, spol s.r.o.

 

Slovakia

 

Changzhou Amphenol Fuyang Communication Equipment Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Contact (Proprietary) Limited

 

South Africa

 

East Asia Connector Services, Ltd.

 

China

 

Edwin Deutgen Kunstofftechnik GmbH

 

Germany

 

Ehrlich Werkzeug & Geratebau GmbH

 

Germany

 

FCI Besancon SA

 

France

 

FCI Connectors Canada, Inc.

 

Canada

 

FCI Connectors Dongguan Ltd

 

China

 

FCI Connectors Hong Kong Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

FCI Connectors Italia S.r.l.

 

Italy

 

FCI Connectors Korea Ltd.

 

South Korea

 

FCI Connectors Malaysia Sdn Bhd

 

Malaysia

 

FCI Connectors (Shanghai) Ltd.

 

China

 

FCI Connectors Singapore Pte. Ltd.

 

Singapore

 

FCI Connectors Sweden A.B.

 

Sweden

 

FCI Connectors UK Ltd.

 

U.K.

 

FCI Deutschland GmbH

 

Germany

 

FCI Electronics Hungary Kft

 

Hungary

 

FCI GBS India Pte Limited

 

India

 

FCI Japan K.K.

 

Japan

 

FCI Nantong Ltd

 

China

 

FCI OEN Connectors Limited

 

India

 

FCI PRC Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

FCI Taiwan Limited

 

Taiwan

 

FCI’s-Hertogenbosch B.V.

 

Netherlands

 

FCI USA LLC

 

New York, U.S.A.

 

FEP Fahrzeugelektrik Pirna GmbH & Co. KG

 

Germany

 

FEP Fahrzeugelektrik Pirna Verwaltungs GmbH

 

Germany

 

Fiber Systems International, Inc.

 

Texas, U.S.A.

 

Filec Production SAS

 

France

 

Filec SAS

 

France

 

3


 

 

 

 

 

State / Country of

 

List of Subsidiaries

    

Incorporation

    

 

 

 

 

Friedrich Gohringer Pirna Verwaltungs GmbH

 

Germany

 

Guangzhou Amphenol Electronics Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Guangzhou Amphenol Sincere Flex Circuits Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Guangzhou FEP Automotive Electric Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Hangzhou Amphenol JET Interconnect Technology Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Hangzhou Amphenol Phoenix Telecom Parts Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Holland Electronics, Inc.

 

California, U.S.A.

 

Ionix Aerospace Limited

 

U.K.

 

Ionix Holdings Limited

 

U.K.

 

Ionix Systems Limited

 

U.K.

 

Ionix Systems Ou

 

Estonia

 

Invotec Circuits Holdings Limited

 

U.K.

 

Invotec Circuits Limited

 

U.K.

 

Invotec Group Limited

 

U.K.

 

Invotec Holdings Limited

 

U.K.

 

Jaybeam Limited

 

U.K.

 

Jaybeam Wireless SAS

 

France

 

KE Ostrov — Elektrik, s.r.o.

 

Czech Republic

 

KE Elektronik GmbH

 

Germany

 

KE Presov Elektrik, s.r.o.

 

Slovakia

 

Konnektech, Ltd.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Kunshan Amphenol Zhengri Electronics Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

LPL Technologies Holding GmbH

 

Germany

 

Lectric SARL

 

Tunisia

 

LTW Technology (Samoa) Co., Ltd.

 

Samoa

 

LTW Top Tech (Samoa) Co., Ltd.

 

Samoa

 

Martec Limited

 

U.K.

 

MF Lightwave, Inc.

 

Florida, U.S.A.

 

Mocorp Holding A/S

 

Denmark

 

Nantong Docharm Amphenol Electronics Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

PerLoga Personal und Logistik GmbH

 

Germany

 

PT Casco SEA

 

Indonesia

 

Precision Cable Manufacturing Corp. de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Procom Antennas AB

 

Sweden

 

Procom A/S

 

Denmark

 

Procom Deutschland GmbH

 

Germany

 

Procom France SARL

 

France

 

Pyle-National Ltd.

 

U.K.

 

RSI International Ltd.

 

U.K.

 

S.C.I. Palin

 

France

 

SGX Europe SP. z.o.o.

 

Poland

 

SGX Sensortech China Holdco Limited

 

U.K.

 

SGX Sensortech China Limited

 

China

 

SGX Sensortech GmbH

 

Germany

 

SGX Sensortech (IS) Limited

 

U.K.

 

SGX Sensortech SA

 

Switzerland

 

Shanghai Amphenol Airwave Communication Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Shanghai Amphenol Electronics Technology Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Shanghai Tecvox Trading Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Sine Systems Corporation

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Skymasts Antennas Ltd.

 

U.K.

 

Societe d’Etudes et de Fabrications Electroniques et Electriques

 

France

 

Spectra Strip Limited

 

U.K.

 

STEMFI SA

 

France

 

SV Microwave, Inc.

 

Florida, U.S.A.

 

TCS Japan K.K.

 

Japan

 

4


 

 

 

 

 

State / Country of

 

List of Subsidiaries

    

Incorporation

    

 

 

 

 

Tecvox Europe s.r.l.

 

Italy

 

Tecvox OEM Solutions, LLC

 

Alabama, U.S.A.

 

TFC South America S.A.

 

Argentina

 

Thermometrics Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

 

Mexico

 

Tianjin Amphenol KAE Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

Times Fiber Canada Limited

 

Canada

 

Times Fiber Communications, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Times Microwave Systems, Inc.

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

Times Wire and Cable Company

 

Delaware, U.S.A.

 

U-Jin Cable Industrial Co., Ltd.

 

Korea

 

Zhongshan Feisaide Electromechanical Co., Ltd.

 

China

 

 

5


Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-193385 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement Nos. 333-163015, 333-163017, 333-86618, 333-184698, and 333-198402 on Form S-8, of our report dated February 17, 2017, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Amphenol Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Amphenol Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

 

 

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

 

 

 

 

Hartford, Connecticut

 

 

February 17, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

Amphenol Corporation
Certification pursuant to
Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification

 

I, R. Adam Norwitt, as the principal executive officer of the registrant, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 of Amphenol Corporation;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

7

 

Date: February 17, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ R. Adam Norwitt

 

R. Adam Norwitt

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 


Exhibit 31.2

 

Amphenol Corporation
Certification pursuant to
Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Certification

 

I, Craig A. Lampo, as the principal financial officer of the registrant, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 of Amphenol Corporation;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

7

 

Date: February 17, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ Craig A. Lampo

 

Craig A. Lampo

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 


Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the annual report of Amphenol Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, R. Adam Norwitt, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

7

 

Date: February 17, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ R. Adam Norwitt

 

R. Adam Norwitt

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Amphenol Corporation and will be retained by Amphenol Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 


Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the annual report of Amphenol Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Craig A. Lampo, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

Date:  February 17, 2017

 

 

 

/s/ Craig A. Lampo

 

Craig A. Lampo

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to Amphenol Corporation and will be retained by Amphenol Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.